7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
2 *
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
4 *
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
8 */
|
|
9
|
|
10 /*
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
12 */
|
|
13
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
15
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
17 /*
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
19 */
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
21
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
7
|
37
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
39
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
41 {
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
59
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
61
|
|
62 /*
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
64 */
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
7
|
67 {
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
659
|
72 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
73 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
74 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
75 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
76 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
464
|
77 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
78 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
7
|
79 };
|
|
80
|
464
|
81 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
7
|
82 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
83
|
|
84 /*
|
|
85 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
449
|
86 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
87 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
88 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
89 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
7
|
90 */
|
464
|
91 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
93 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
449
|
94
|
657
|
95 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
96 * are used. */
|
|
97 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
98
|
665
|
99 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
100 in compl_leader */
|
|
101
|
657
|
102 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
103 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
104 the longest common string. */
|
|
105
|
449
|
106 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
107 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
644
|
108 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
449
|
109
|
464
|
110 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
111 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
112 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
113 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
114 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
115 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
116 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
117 * that is being completed */
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
119 * completion started */
|
|
120 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
121 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
449
|
122
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
124 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
681
|
125 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
665
|
126 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
681
|
127 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
7
|
128 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
540
|
129 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
130 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
648
|
131 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
657
|
132 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
659
|
133 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
667
|
134 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
7
|
135 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
136 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
657
|
137 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
138 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
659
|
139 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
540
|
140 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
7
|
141 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
659
|
142 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
7
|
143 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
144 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
665
|
145 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
610
|
146 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
644
|
147 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
610
|
148 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
681
|
149 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
7
|
150 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
151 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
152 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
153
|
|
154 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
155 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
156 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
157 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
158
|
661
|
159 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
7
|
160 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
161 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
162 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
667
|
163 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
7
|
164 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
165 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
166 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
221
|
167 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
168 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
484
|
169 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
497
|
170 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
221
|
171 #endif
|
7
|
172 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
173 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
174 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
175 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
176 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
177 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
179 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
180 #endif
|
|
181 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
182 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
183 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
184 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
185 #endif
|
|
186 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
187 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
449
|
188 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
477
|
189 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
7
|
190 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
191 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
192 #endif
|
|
193 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
194 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
195 #endif
|
449
|
196 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
197 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
7
|
198 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
199 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
200 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
202 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
203 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
204 #endif
|
|
205 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
206 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
207 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
208 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
209 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
210 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
211 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
212 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
213 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
214 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
215 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
216 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
218 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
219 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
220 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
221 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
223 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
449
|
224 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
7
|
225 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
226 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
227 #endif
|
|
228 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
229
|
|
230 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
231 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
232
|
|
233 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
234 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
235 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
236 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
603
|
237 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
7
|
238
|
|
239 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
240 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
241 #endif
|
|
242
|
|
243 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
244
|
|
245 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
298
|
246 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
247 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
248 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
249 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
7
|
250 #endif
|
|
251
|
|
252 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
253 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
254 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
255
|
|
256 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
257 under the cursor */
|
|
258
|
|
259 /*
|
|
260 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
261 *
|
|
262 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
263 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
264 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
265 * 'R' replace command
|
|
266 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
267 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
268 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
269 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
270 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
271 *
|
|
272 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
273 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
274 *
|
|
275 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
276 */
|
|
277 int
|
|
278 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
279 int cmdchar;
|
|
280 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
281 long count;
|
|
282 {
|
|
283 int c = 0;
|
|
284 char_u *ptr;
|
|
285 int lastc;
|
|
286 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
287 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
288 int i;
|
|
289 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
290 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
291 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
292 #endif
|
|
293 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
294 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
295 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
296 #endif
|
|
297 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
298 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
477
|
299 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
7
|
300
|
603
|
301 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
302 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
303
|
7
|
304 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
305 * error message */
|
|
306 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
307
|
|
308 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
309 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
310 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
311 {
|
|
312 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
313 return FALSE;
|
|
314 }
|
|
315 #endif
|
632
|
316 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
317 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
634
|
318 if (textlock != 0)
|
632
|
319 {
|
|
320 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
321 return FALSE;
|
|
322 }
|
7
|
323
|
|
324 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
325 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
326 #endif
|
|
327
|
11
|
328 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
329 /*
|
|
330 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
331 */
|
|
332 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
333 {
|
532
|
334 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
11
|
335 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
336 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
337 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
338 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
339 else
|
|
340 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
341 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
532
|
342 # endif
|
11
|
343 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
344 }
|
|
345 #endif
|
|
346
|
7
|
347 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
348 /*
|
|
349 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
350 * where the paste started.
|
|
351 */
|
|
352 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
353 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
354 else
|
|
355 #endif
|
|
356 {
|
|
357 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
358 if (startln)
|
|
359 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
360 }
|
|
361 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
362 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
363 if (!did_ai)
|
|
364 ai_col = 0;
|
|
365
|
|
366 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
367 {
|
|
368 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
369 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
370 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
371 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
372 {
|
|
373 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
374 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
375 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
376 }
|
|
377 else
|
|
378 #endif
|
|
379 {
|
|
380 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
381 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
382 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
383 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
384 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
385 }
|
|
386 }
|
|
387
|
|
388 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
389 {
|
|
390 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
391 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
392 {
|
|
393 beep_flush();
|
|
394 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
395 State = INSERT;
|
|
396 }
|
|
397 else
|
|
398 #endif
|
|
399 State = REPLACE;
|
|
400 }
|
|
401 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
402 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
403 {
|
|
404 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
405 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
406 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
407 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
408 }
|
|
409 #endif
|
|
410 else
|
|
411 State = INSERT;
|
|
412
|
|
413 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
414
|
|
415 /*
|
|
416 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
417 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
418 */
|
|
419 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
420
|
|
421 /*
|
|
422 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
423 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
424 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
425 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
426 */
|
|
427 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
428 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
429 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
430 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
431 #endif
|
|
432
|
|
433 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
434 setmouse();
|
|
435 #endif
|
|
436 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
437 clear_showcmd();
|
|
438 #endif
|
|
439 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
440 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
441 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
442 if (revins_on)
|
|
443 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
444 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
445 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
446 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
447 #endif
|
|
448
|
|
449 /*
|
|
450 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
451 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
452 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
453 */
|
|
454 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
455 {
|
|
456 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
457 /*
|
|
458 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
459 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
460 */
|
|
461 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
462 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
463 else
|
|
464 #endif
|
|
465 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
466 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
467
|
|
468 /*
|
|
469 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
470 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
471 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
472 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
473 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
474 */
|
|
475 validate_virtcol();
|
|
476 update_curswant();
|
230
|
477 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
7
|
478 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
479 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
480 {
|
|
481 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
482 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
484 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
485 {
|
474
|
486 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
487 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
488 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
489 }
|
|
490 #endif
|
|
491 }
|
230
|
492 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
7
|
493 }
|
|
494 else
|
|
495 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
496
|
|
497 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
498 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
499
|
|
500 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
501 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
502
|
|
503 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
504 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
505 #endif
|
|
506 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
507 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
508 #endif
|
|
509 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
510 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
511 * restarting. */
|
|
512 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
513 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
514 #endif
|
|
515
|
|
516 /*
|
|
517 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
518 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
519 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
520 */
|
|
521 i = 0;
|
644
|
522 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
7
|
523 i = showmode();
|
|
524
|
|
525 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
526 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
527
|
|
528 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
529 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
530 #endif
|
|
531 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
532 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
533 #endif
|
|
534
|
603
|
535 /*
|
|
536 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
537 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
538 */
|
7
|
539 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
540 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
541 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
542 else
|
|
543 {
|
|
544 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
545 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
546 }
|
|
547
|
|
548 old_indent = 0;
|
|
549
|
|
550 /*
|
|
551 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
552 */
|
|
553 for (;;)
|
|
554 {
|
|
555 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
556 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
557 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
558 else
|
|
559 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
560 #endif
|
|
561 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
562 count = 0;
|
|
563
|
|
564 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
565 {
|
|
566 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
567 count = 0;
|
|
568 goto doESCkey;
|
|
569 }
|
|
570
|
|
571 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
572 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
573 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
574
|
|
575 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
576 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
577 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
578 {
|
|
579 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
580 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
581 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
582 }
|
|
583
|
|
584 /*
|
|
585 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
586 */
|
|
587 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
588
|
|
589 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
590 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
591 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
592 * autocommand. */
|
|
593 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
594 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
595 #endif
|
|
596
|
|
597 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
598 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
599 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
600 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
601 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
602 if (!char_avail())
|
|
603 foldCheckClose();
|
|
604 #endif
|
|
605
|
|
606 /*
|
|
607 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
608 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
609 * redraw.
|
|
610 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
611 * something.
|
|
612 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
613 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
614 */
|
|
615 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
616 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
617 && !did_backspace
|
|
618 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
619 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
620 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
621 #endif
|
|
622 )
|
|
623 {
|
|
624 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
625 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
626
|
|
627 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
628 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
629 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
630 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
631 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
632 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
633 #endif
|
|
634 ))
|
|
635 {
|
|
636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
637 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
638 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
639 else
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
641 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
642 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
643 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
644 else
|
|
645 #endif
|
|
646 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
647 }
|
|
648 }
|
|
649
|
|
650 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
651 update_topline();
|
|
652
|
|
653 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
654
|
|
655 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
656
|
|
657 /*
|
|
658 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
659 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
660 */
|
661
|
661 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
7
|
662
|
|
663 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
664 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
665 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
666 #endif
|
|
667
|
|
668 update_curswant();
|
|
669 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
670 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
671 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
672 #endif
|
|
673
|
|
674 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
675 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
676 #endif
|
|
677
|
|
678 /*
|
|
679 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
680 */
|
|
681 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
682 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
683
|
|
684 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
685 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
686 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
687 #endif
|
|
688 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
689 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
690 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
691 #endif
|
|
692
|
|
693 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
659
|
694 /*
|
|
695 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
696 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
697 */
|
|
698 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
699 {
|
|
700 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
701 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
702 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
657
|
703 continue;
|
|
704
|
659
|
705 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
706 if (!compl_used_match)
|
657
|
707 {
|
659
|
708 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
709 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
710 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
711 {
|
|
712 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
713 continue;
|
|
714 }
|
|
715
|
683
|
716 /* A printable, non-white character: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
717 if (vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c))
|
659
|
718 {
|
|
719 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
720 continue;
|
|
721 }
|
665
|
722
|
|
723 /* Pressing Enter selects the current match. */
|
|
724 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
|
|
725 {
|
|
726 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
727 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
728 }
|
657
|
729 }
|
|
730 }
|
|
731
|
7
|
732 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
733 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
665
|
734 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
657
|
735 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
736 continue;
|
7
|
737 #endif
|
|
738
|
477
|
739 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
740 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
741 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
7
|
742 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
743 {
|
|
744 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
745 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
746 ++no_mapping;
|
|
747 ++allow_keys;
|
|
748 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
749 --no_mapping;
|
|
750 --allow_keys;
|
477
|
751 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
7
|
752 {
|
477
|
753 /* it's something else */
|
7
|
754 vungetc(c);
|
|
755 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
756 }
|
|
757 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
758 continue;
|
|
759 else
|
|
760 {
|
477
|
761 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
762 {
|
|
763 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
764 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
765 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
766 }
|
7
|
767 count = 0;
|
|
768 goto doESCkey;
|
|
769 }
|
|
770 }
|
|
771
|
|
772 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
773 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
774 #endif
|
|
775
|
|
776 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
777 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
778 goto docomplete;
|
|
779 #endif
|
|
780 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
781 {
|
|
782 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
783 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
784 continue;
|
|
785 }
|
|
786
|
|
787 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
788 if (cindent_on()
|
|
789 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
790 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
791 # endif
|
|
792 )
|
|
793 {
|
|
794 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
795 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
796 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
797 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
798 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
799 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
800 goto force_cindent;
|
|
801 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
802 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
803 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
804 }
|
|
805 #endif
|
|
806
|
|
807 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
808 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
809 switch (c)
|
|
810 {
|
|
811 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
812 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
813 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
814 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
815 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
816 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
817 }
|
|
818 #endif
|
|
819
|
|
820 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
821 /*
|
|
822 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
823 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
824 * characters.
|
|
825 */
|
|
826 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
827 continue;
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
829
|
|
830 /*
|
|
831 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
832 */
|
|
833 switch (c)
|
|
834 {
|
449
|
835 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
836 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
837 break;
|
|
838 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
839
|
449
|
840 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
841 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
842 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
843 {
|
|
844 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
845 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
846 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
847 goto doESCkey;
|
|
848 }
|
|
849 #endif
|
|
850
|
|
851 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
852 do_intr:
|
|
853 #endif
|
|
854 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
855 * Insert mode */
|
|
856 if (goto_im())
|
|
857 {
|
|
858 if (got_int)
|
|
859 {
|
|
860 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
861 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
862 }
|
|
863 else
|
|
864 vim_beep();
|
|
865 break;
|
|
866 }
|
|
867 doESCkey:
|
|
868 /*
|
|
869 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
870 */
|
|
871 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
872 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
230
|
873 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
7
|
874 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
875
|
477
|
876 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
11
|
877 {
|
|
878 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
879 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
880 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
881 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
882 #endif
|
7
|
883 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
11
|
884 }
|
7
|
885 continue;
|
|
886
|
449
|
887 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
888 if (!p_im)
|
|
889 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
890 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
891 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
892 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
893
|
|
894 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
502
|
895 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
523
|
896 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
449
|
897 goto docomplete;
|
|
898 #endif
|
|
899 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
900 break;
|
|
901 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
902 count = 0;
|
|
903 goto doESCkey;
|
|
904
|
464
|
905 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
906 case K_KINS:
|
|
907 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
908 break;
|
|
909
|
|
910 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
911 break;
|
|
912
|
449
|
913 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
914 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
915 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
916 goto doESCkey;
|
|
917 #endif
|
|
918
|
|
919 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
920 case K_F1:
|
|
921 case K_XF1:
|
|
922 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
923 if (p_im)
|
|
924 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
925 goto doESCkey;
|
|
926
|
|
927 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
928 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
929 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
930 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
931 --no_mapping;
|
|
932 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
933 break;
|
|
934 #endif
|
|
935
|
|
936 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
7
|
937 case NUL:
|
|
938 case Ctrl_A:
|
449
|
939 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
940 * error. */
|
7
|
941 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
942 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
943 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
944 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
945 break;
|
|
946
|
449
|
947 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
7
|
948 ins_reg();
|
|
949 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
950 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
951 break;
|
|
952
|
449
|
953 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
7
|
954 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
955 break;
|
|
956
|
449
|
957 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
958 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
7
|
959 break;
|
|
960
|
|
961 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
449
|
962 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
7
|
963 if (!p_ari)
|
|
964 goto normalchar;
|
|
965 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
966 break;
|
|
967 #endif
|
|
968
|
449
|
969 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
7
|
970 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
971 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
972 goto docomplete;
|
|
973 #endif
|
|
974 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
975
|
449
|
976 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
7
|
977 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
978 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
979 {
|
449
|
980 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
981 goto docomplete;
|
|
982 break;
|
7
|
983 }
|
|
984 # endif
|
|
985 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
986 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
987 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
988 break;
|
|
989
|
449
|
990 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
7
|
991 case K_KDEL:
|
|
992 ins_del();
|
|
993 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
994 break;
|
|
995
|
449
|
996 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
7
|
997 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
998 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
999 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1000 break;
|
|
1001
|
449
|
1002 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
7
|
1003 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
1004 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1005 break;
|
|
1006
|
449
|
1007 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
12
|
1008 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
1009 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
449
|
1010 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
12
|
1011 goto docomplete;
|
|
1012 # endif
|
7
|
1013 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
1014 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1015 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1016 break;
|
|
1017
|
|
1018 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
449
|
1019 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
7
|
1020 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
1021 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
1022 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
1023 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
1024 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
1025 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
1026 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
1027 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
1028 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
1029 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
1030 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
1031 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
1032 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
1033 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
1034 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
1035 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
1036 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
1037 break;
|
|
1038
|
449
|
1039 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
7
|
1040 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
1041 break;
|
|
1042
|
449
|
1043 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
7
|
1044 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
1045 break;
|
|
1046 #endif
|
|
1047
|
449
|
1048 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
7
|
1049 break;
|
|
1050
|
661
|
1051 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
1052 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
1053 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
1054 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
1055 break;
|
|
1056 #endif
|
|
1057
|
625
|
1058 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
1059 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
1060 * cancelled. */
|
|
1061 case K_F4:
|
|
1062 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
1063 goto normalchar;
|
|
1064 break;
|
|
1065 #endif
|
|
1066
|
7
|
1067 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
1068 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
1069 ins_scroll();
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
1071
|
|
1072 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
1073 ins_horscroll();
|
|
1074 break;
|
|
1075 #endif
|
|
1076
|
449
|
1077 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
7
|
1078 case K_KHOME:
|
|
1079 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
1080 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
1081 ins_home(c);
|
|
1082 break;
|
|
1083
|
449
|
1084 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
7
|
1085 case K_KEND:
|
|
1086 case K_S_END:
|
|
1087 case K_C_END:
|
|
1088 ins_end(c);
|
|
1089 break;
|
|
1090
|
449
|
1091 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
180
|
1092 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1093 ins_s_left();
|
|
1094 else
|
|
1095 ins_left();
|
7
|
1096 break;
|
|
1097
|
449
|
1098 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
7
|
1099 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
1100 ins_s_left();
|
|
1101 break;
|
|
1102
|
449
|
1103 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
180
|
1104 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1105 ins_s_right();
|
|
1106 else
|
|
1107 ins_right();
|
7
|
1108 break;
|
|
1109
|
449
|
1110 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
7
|
1111 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
1112 ins_s_right();
|
|
1113 break;
|
|
1114
|
449
|
1115 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
665
|
1116 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1117 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1118 goto docomplete;
|
|
1119 #endif
|
180
|
1120 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1121 ins_pageup();
|
|
1122 else
|
|
1123 ins_up(FALSE);
|
7
|
1124 break;
|
|
1125
|
449
|
1126 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
7
|
1127 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
1128 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
613
|
1129 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
610
|
1130 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1131 goto docomplete;
|
613
|
1132 #endif
|
7
|
1133 ins_pageup();
|
|
1134 break;
|
|
1135
|
449
|
1136 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
665
|
1137 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1138 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1139 goto docomplete;
|
|
1140 #endif
|
180
|
1141 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1142 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1143 else
|
|
1144 ins_down(FALSE);
|
7
|
1145 break;
|
|
1146
|
449
|
1147 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
7
|
1148 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
1149 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
613
|
1150 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
610
|
1151 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1152 goto docomplete;
|
613
|
1153 #endif
|
7
|
1154 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1155 break;
|
|
1156
|
|
1157 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
449
|
1158 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
7
|
1159 ins_drop();
|
|
1160 break;
|
|
1161 #endif
|
|
1162
|
449
|
1163 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
7
|
1164 c = TAB;
|
|
1165 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1166
|
449
|
1167 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
7
|
1168 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
1169 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
1170 goto docomplete;
|
|
1171 #endif
|
|
1172 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1173 if (ins_tab())
|
|
1174 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
1175 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1176 break;
|
|
1177
|
449
|
1178 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
7
|
1179 c = CAR;
|
|
1180 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1181 case CAR:
|
|
1182 case NL:
|
|
1183 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
1184 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
1185 * cursor. */
|
|
1186 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
1187 {
|
644
|
1188 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
1189 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
1190 else /* location list window */
|
|
1191 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
7
|
1192 break;
|
|
1193 }
|
|
1194 #endif
|
|
1195 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
1196 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
1197 {
|
|
1198 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
1199 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
1200 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1201 }
|
|
1202 #endif
|
|
1203 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
1204 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
1205 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1206 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1207 break;
|
|
1208
|
|
1209 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
449
|
1210 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
7
|
1211 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1212 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
1213 {
|
449
|
1214 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
1215 goto docomplete;
|
|
1216 break;
|
7
|
1217 }
|
|
1218 # endif
|
|
1219 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
1220 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
1221 if (c == NUL)
|
|
1222 break;
|
|
1223 # endif
|
|
1224 goto normalchar;
|
449
|
1225 #endif
|
7
|
1226
|
|
1227 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
464
|
1228 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1229 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
1230 break;
|
|
1231
|
449
|
1232 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1233 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
1234 goto normalchar;
|
|
1235 goto docomplete;
|
|
1236
|
449
|
1237 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1238 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
1239 goto normalchar;
|
|
1240 goto docomplete;
|
477
|
1241
|
|
1242 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
1243 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
1244 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
1245 goto normalchar;
|
|
1246 goto docomplete;
|
7
|
1247 #endif
|
|
1248
|
449
|
1249 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1250 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1251 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
1252 #endif
|
|
1253 {
|
|
1254 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
1255 if (p_im)
|
|
1256 {
|
|
1257 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
1258 break;
|
|
1259 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1260 }
|
|
1261 goto normalchar;
|
|
1262 }
|
|
1263 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1264 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1265
|
449
|
1266 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
7
|
1267 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
1268 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
1269 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
1270 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
1271 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
449
|
1272 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
7
|
1273 goto normalchar;
|
|
1274
|
|
1275 docomplete:
|
|
1276 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
449
|
1277 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
1278 break;
|
|
1279 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
1280
|
449
|
1281 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
1282 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
1283 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
7
|
1284 break;
|
|
1285
|
|
1286 default:
|
|
1287 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
1288 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
1289 goto do_intr;
|
|
1290 #endif
|
|
1291
|
|
1292 /*
|
|
1293 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
1294 */
|
|
1295 normalchar:
|
|
1296 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
1297 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
1298 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
1299 #endif
|
|
1300
|
|
1301 if (c == ' ')
|
|
1302 {
|
|
1303 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
1304 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1305 if (inindent(0))
|
|
1306 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
1307 #endif
|
|
1308 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
1309 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
1310 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
1311 }
|
|
1312
|
|
1313 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
1314 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1315 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
1316 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
1317 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
1318 #endif
|
|
1319 c))
|
|
1320 {
|
|
1321 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1322 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1323 revins_legal++;
|
|
1324 revins_chars++;
|
|
1325 #endif
|
|
1326 }
|
|
1327
|
|
1328 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1329
|
|
1330 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
1331 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
1332 * closed fold. */
|
|
1333 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
1334 #endif
|
|
1335 break;
|
|
1336 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
1337
|
|
1338 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
1339 if (arrow_used)
|
|
1340 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1341
|
|
1342 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1343 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
1344 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1345 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
1346 # endif
|
|
1347 )
|
|
1348 {
|
|
1349 force_cindent:
|
|
1350 /*
|
|
1351 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
1352 */
|
|
1353 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
1354 {
|
|
1355 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
1356 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
1357 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
1358 }
|
|
1359 }
|
|
1360 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
1361
|
|
1362 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
1363 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
1364 }
|
|
1365
|
|
1366 /*
|
|
1367 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
1368 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
1369 * option work correctly.
|
|
1370 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
1371 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
1372 */
|
661
|
1373 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
7
|
1374 static void
|
661
|
1375 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
1376 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
7
|
1377 {
|
|
1378 if (!char_avail())
|
|
1379 {
|
661
|
1380 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
1381 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
|
|
1382 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
1383 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor))
|
|
1384 {
|
|
1385 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
1386 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
1387 }
|
|
1388 #endif
|
7
|
1389 if (must_redraw)
|
|
1390 update_screen(0);
|
|
1391 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
1392 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
1393 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
1394 setcursor();
|
|
1395 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
1396 }
|
|
1397 }
|
|
1398
|
|
1399 /*
|
|
1400 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
1401 */
|
|
1402 static void
|
|
1403 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
1404 {
|
|
1405 int c;
|
|
1406
|
|
1407 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
1408 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
1409
|
|
1410 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
1411 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
1412 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
1413
|
|
1414 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1415 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
1416 #endif
|
|
1417
|
|
1418 c = get_literal();
|
|
1419 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1420 clear_showcmd();
|
|
1421 #endif
|
|
1422 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1423 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1424 revins_chars++;
|
|
1425 revins_legal++;
|
|
1426 #endif
|
|
1427 }
|
|
1428
|
|
1429 /*
|
|
1430 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
1431 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
1432 */
|
|
1433 static int pc_status;
|
|
1434 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
1435 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1436 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1437 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
1438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1439 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1440 #else
|
|
1441 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1442 #endif
|
|
1443 static int pc_attr;
|
|
1444 static int pc_row;
|
|
1445 static int pc_col;
|
|
1446
|
|
1447 void
|
|
1448 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
1449 int c;
|
|
1450 int highlight;
|
|
1451 {
|
|
1452 int attr;
|
|
1453
|
|
1454 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
1455 {
|
|
1456 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
1457 validate_cursor();
|
|
1458 if (highlight)
|
|
1459 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
1460 else
|
|
1461 attr = 0;
|
|
1462 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
1463 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
1464 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1465 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
1466 #endif
|
|
1467 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1468 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
1469 {
|
|
1470 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1471 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1472 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1473 {
|
|
1474 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
1475
|
|
1476 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
1477 {
|
|
1478 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
1479 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1480 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
1481 }
|
|
1482 }
|
|
1483 # endif
|
|
1484 }
|
|
1485 else
|
|
1486 #endif
|
|
1487 {
|
|
1488 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1490 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
1491 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
1492 #endif
|
|
1493 }
|
|
1494
|
|
1495 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
1496 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1497 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
1498 #endif
|
|
1499 {
|
|
1500 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
1501 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
1502 }
|
|
1503 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
1504 }
|
|
1505 }
|
|
1506
|
|
1507 /*
|
|
1508 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
1509 */
|
|
1510 void
|
|
1511 edit_unputchar()
|
|
1512 {
|
|
1513 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
1514 {
|
|
1515 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1516 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
1517 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1518 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
1519 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1520 else
|
|
1521 #endif
|
|
1522 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
1523 }
|
|
1524 }
|
|
1525
|
|
1526 /*
|
|
1527 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
1528 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
1529 */
|
|
1530 void
|
|
1531 display_dollar(col)
|
|
1532 colnr_T col;
|
|
1533 {
|
|
1534 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
1535
|
|
1536 if (!redrawing())
|
|
1537 return;
|
|
1538
|
|
1539 cursor_off();
|
|
1540 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1541 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
1542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1543 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1544 {
|
|
1545 char_u *p;
|
|
1546
|
|
1547 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
1548 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1549 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
1550 }
|
|
1551 #endif
|
|
1552 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
1553 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
1554 {
|
|
1555 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
1556 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
1557 }
|
|
1558 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
1559 }
|
|
1560
|
|
1561 /*
|
|
1562 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
1563 * in insert mode.
|
|
1564 */
|
|
1565 static void
|
|
1566 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
1567 {
|
|
1568 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
1569 {
|
|
1570 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
1571 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1572 }
|
|
1573 }
|
|
1574
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
1576 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
1577 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
1578 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
1579 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
1580 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
1581 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
1582 */
|
|
1583 void
|
|
1584 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
1585 int type;
|
|
1586 int amount;
|
|
1587 int round;
|
|
1588 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1589 {
|
|
1590 int vcol;
|
|
1591 int last_vcol;
|
|
1592 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
1593 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
1594 int i;
|
|
1595 char_u *ptr;
|
|
1596 int save_p_list;
|
|
1597 int start_col;
|
|
1598 colnr_T vc;
|
|
1599 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1600 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1601 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1602
|
|
1603 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
1604 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1605 {
|
|
1606 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
1607 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1608 }
|
|
1609 #endif
|
|
1610
|
|
1611 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
1612 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
1613 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
1614 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
1615 vcol = vc;
|
|
1616
|
|
1617 /*
|
|
1618 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
1619 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
1620 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
1621 */
|
|
1622 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1623
|
|
1624 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
1625 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1626 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
1627 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1628
|
|
1629 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1630
|
|
1631 /*
|
|
1632 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
1633 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
1634 */
|
|
1635 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
1636 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1637
|
|
1638 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
1639 start_col = -1;
|
|
1640
|
|
1641 /*
|
|
1642 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
1643 */
|
|
1644 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1645 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
1646 else
|
|
1647 {
|
|
1648 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1649 int save_State = State;
|
|
1650
|
|
1651 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
1652 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1653 State = INSERT;
|
|
1654 #endif
|
|
1655 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
1656 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1657 State = save_State;
|
|
1658 #endif
|
|
1659 }
|
|
1660 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1661
|
|
1662 /*
|
|
1663 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
1664 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
1665 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
1666 * non-blank character.
|
|
1667 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
1668 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
1669 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
1670 */
|
|
1671 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
1672 {
|
|
1673 /*
|
|
1674 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
1675 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1676 */
|
|
1677 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
1678 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1679 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1680 }
|
|
1681 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
1682 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1683 else
|
|
1684 {
|
|
1685 /*
|
|
1686 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
1687 */
|
|
1688 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1689 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
1690
|
|
1691 /*
|
|
1692 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
1693 */
|
|
1694 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
1695 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
1696 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1697 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1698 {
|
|
1699 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
1700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1701 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
474
|
1702 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
7
|
1703 else
|
|
1704 #endif
|
|
1705 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
1706 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
1707 }
|
|
1708 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
1709
|
|
1710 /*
|
|
1711 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
1712 * the right screen column.
|
|
1713 */
|
|
1714 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1715 {
|
|
1716 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1717 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
1718 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
1719 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
1720 {
|
|
1721 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
1722 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
1723 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
1724 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
1725 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
1726 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
1727 }
|
|
1728 }
|
|
1729
|
|
1730 /*
|
|
1731 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
1732 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1733 */
|
|
1734 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1735 }
|
|
1736
|
|
1737 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
1738
|
|
1739 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
1740 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
1741 else
|
|
1742 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1743 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
1744 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
1745
|
|
1746 /*
|
|
1747 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
1748 */
|
|
1749 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
1750 {
|
|
1751 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
1752 {
|
|
1753 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1754 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
1755 else
|
|
1756 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1757 }
|
|
1758 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1759 ai_col = 0;
|
|
1760 else
|
|
1761 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1762 }
|
|
1763
|
|
1764 /*
|
|
1765 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
1766 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
1767 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
1768 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
1769 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
1770 */
|
|
1771 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
1772 {
|
|
1773 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
1774 {
|
|
1775 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1776 --start_col;
|
|
1777 }
|
|
1778 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
1779 {
|
|
1780 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
1781 if (replaced)
|
|
1782 {
|
|
1783 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
1784 replaced = NUL;
|
|
1785 }
|
|
1786 ++start_col;
|
|
1787 }
|
|
1788 }
|
|
1789
|
|
1790 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1791 /*
|
|
1792 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
1793 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
1794 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
1795 */
|
|
1796 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1797 {
|
|
1798 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
1799 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
1800 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
1801 return;
|
|
1802
|
|
1803 /* Save new line */
|
|
1804 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
1805 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
1806 return;
|
|
1807
|
|
1808 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
1809 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
1810
|
|
1811 /* Put back original line */
|
|
1812 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
1813 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
1814
|
|
1815 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
1816 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
1817
|
|
1818 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
1819 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
1820
|
|
1821 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
1822 }
|
|
1823 #endif
|
|
1824 }
|
|
1825
|
|
1826 /*
|
|
1827 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
1828 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1829 * modes.
|
|
1830 */
|
|
1831 void
|
|
1832 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
1833 char_u *line;
|
|
1834 {
|
|
1835 int i;
|
|
1836
|
|
1837 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
1838 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
1839 {
|
|
1840 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1841 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1842 }
|
|
1843 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
1844 }
|
|
1845
|
|
1846 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
1847 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1848 /*
|
|
1849 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1850 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
1851 */
|
|
1852 void
|
|
1853 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
1854 int col;
|
|
1855 {
|
|
1856 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
1857 {
|
|
1858 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
1859 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1860 replace_do_bs();
|
|
1861 else
|
|
1862 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
1863 }
|
|
1864 }
|
|
1865 #endif
|
|
1866
|
|
1867 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1868 /*
|
449
|
1869 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
1870 */
|
|
1871 static void
|
|
1872 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
1873 {
|
|
1874 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
1875 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
1876 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
1877 {
|
|
1878 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
1879 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
1880 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
665
|
1881 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
449
|
1882 else
|
|
1883 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
1884 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
1885 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
1886 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
1887 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
1888 showmode();
|
|
1889 }
|
|
1890 }
|
|
1891
|
|
1892 /*
|
|
1893 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
1894 */
|
|
1895 static int
|
|
1896 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
1897 int dict_opt;
|
|
1898 {
|
|
1899 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
1900 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
1901 {
|
|
1902 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
1903 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
1904 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
1905 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
1906 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
1907 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
1908 {
|
|
1909 vim_beep();
|
|
1910 setcursor();
|
|
1911 out_flush();
|
|
1912 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
1913 }
|
|
1914 return FALSE;
|
|
1915 }
|
|
1916 return TRUE;
|
|
1917 }
|
|
1918
|
|
1919 /*
|
7
|
1920 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
1921 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
1922 */
|
|
1923 int
|
|
1924 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
1925 int c;
|
|
1926 {
|
|
1927 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
1928 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
1929 return TRUE;
|
|
1930
|
610
|
1931 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
644
|
1932 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
610
|
1933 return TRUE;
|
|
1934
|
7
|
1935 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
1936 {
|
|
1937 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1938 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
1939 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
449
|
1940 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
7
|
1941 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
1942 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
1943 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
477
|
1944 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
1945 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
7
|
1946 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
1947 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
1948 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
1949 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1950 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
1951 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1952 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
1953 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1954 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
1955 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1956 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
1957 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1958 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
1959 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
1960 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1961 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
1962 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1963 #endif
|
|
1964 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
1965 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
1966 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
12
|
1967 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
1968 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
449
|
1969 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
523
|
1970 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
449
|
1971 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
502
|
1972 #endif
|
477
|
1973 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
1974 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
7
|
1975 }
|
|
1976 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
1977 return FALSE;
|
|
1978 }
|
|
1979
|
|
1980 /*
|
659
|
1981 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
7
|
1982 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1983 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
1984 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
449
|
1985 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
7
|
1986 */
|
|
1987 int
|
681
|
1988 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
7
|
1989 char_u *str;
|
|
1990 int len;
|
681
|
1991 int icase;
|
7
|
1992 char_u *fname;
|
|
1993 int dir;
|
464
|
1994 int flags;
|
7
|
1995 {
|
|
1996 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
1997 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1998 int idx;
|
|
1999
|
|
2000 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
2001 {
|
|
2002 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
2003 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
419
|
2004 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
7
|
2005
|
|
2006 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
449
|
2007 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
2008 {
|
|
2009 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
7
|
2010 {
|
|
2011 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
2012 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
2013 {
|
|
2014 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
449
|
2015 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
2016 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
2017 break;
|
|
2018 }
|
|
2019 }
|
|
2020 }
|
|
2021
|
|
2022 /*
|
|
2023 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
2024 * upper case.
|
|
2025 */
|
|
2026 if (!has_lower)
|
|
2027 {
|
449
|
2028 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
7
|
2029 {
|
449
|
2030 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
7
|
2031 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
2032 {
|
|
2033 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
449
|
2034 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
2035 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
2036 break;
|
|
2037 }
|
449
|
2038 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
7
|
2039 }
|
|
2040 }
|
|
2041
|
|
2042 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
449
|
2043 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
7
|
2044
|
681
|
2045 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
2046 }
|
|
2047 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
7
|
2048 }
|
|
2049
|
|
2050 /*
|
|
2051 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
2052 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
464
|
2053 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
681
|
2054 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
7
|
2055 */
|
464
|
2056 int
|
681
|
2057 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
7
|
2058 char_u *str;
|
|
2059 int len;
|
681
|
2060 int icase;
|
7
|
2061 char_u *fname;
|
659
|
2062 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
2063 int cdir;
|
464
|
2064 int flags;
|
7
|
2065 {
|
464
|
2066 compl_T *match;
|
659
|
2067 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
7
|
2068
|
|
2069 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
2070 if (got_int)
|
464
|
2071 return FAIL;
|
7
|
2072 if (len < 0)
|
|
2073 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
2074
|
|
2075 /*
|
|
2076 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
2077 */
|
449
|
2078 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
2079 {
|
|
2080 match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
2081 do
|
|
2082 {
|
464
|
2083 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
681
|
2084 && ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
464
|
2085 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
2086 return NOTDONE;
|
|
2087 match = match->cp_next;
|
449
|
2088 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
7
|
2089 }
|
|
2090
|
540
|
2091 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
2092 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2093
|
7
|
2094 /*
|
|
2095 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
2096 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
2097 */
|
659
|
2098 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
7
|
2099 if (match == NULL)
|
464
|
2100 return FAIL;
|
|
2101 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
2102 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
2103 {
|
|
2104 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
2105 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
2106 }
|
|
2107 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
7
|
2108 {
|
|
2109 vim_free(match);
|
464
|
2110 return FAIL;
|
7
|
2111 }
|
681
|
2112 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
659
|
2113
|
7
|
2114 /* match-fname is:
|
464
|
2115 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
7
|
2116 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
2117 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
659
|
2118 if (fname != NULL
|
|
2119 && compl_curr_match
|
|
2120 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
2121 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
464
|
2122 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
659
|
2123 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
2124 {
|
|
2125 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
464
|
2126 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
659
|
2127 }
|
7
|
2128 else
|
464
|
2129 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
2130 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
659
|
2131 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
2132 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
7
|
2133
|
|
2134 /*
|
|
2135 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
2136 */
|
449
|
2137 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
464
|
2138 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
7
|
2139 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
2140 {
|
464
|
2141 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2142 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
7
|
2143 }
|
|
2144 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
2145 {
|
464
|
2146 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
2147 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
2148 }
|
|
2149 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
2150 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
2151 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
2152 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
7
|
2153 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
449
|
2154 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
2155 compl_curr_match = match;
|
7
|
2156
|
665
|
2157 /*
|
|
2158 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
2159 */
|
|
2160 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
2161 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
2162
|
7
|
2163 return OK;
|
|
2164 }
|
|
2165
|
|
2166 /*
|
681
|
2167 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
2168 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
2169 */
|
|
2170 static int
|
|
2171 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
2172 compl_T *match;
|
|
2173 char_u *str;
|
|
2174 int len;
|
|
2175 {
|
|
2176 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
2177 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
2178 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
2179 }
|
|
2180
|
|
2181 /*
|
665
|
2182 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
2183 */
|
|
2184 static void
|
|
2185 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
2186 compl_T *match;
|
|
2187 {
|
|
2188 char_u *p, *s;
|
681
|
2189 int c1, c2;
|
665
|
2190 int had_match;
|
|
2191
|
|
2192 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
2193 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
2194 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
2195 else
|
|
2196 {
|
|
2197 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
681
|
2198 p = compl_leader;
|
|
2199 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
2200 while (*p != NUL)
|
665
|
2201 {
|
|
2202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2203 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2204 {
|
681
|
2205 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
2206 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
665
|
2207 }
|
|
2208 else
|
|
2209 #endif
|
|
2210 {
|
681
|
2211 c1 = *p;
|
|
2212 c2 = *s;
|
|
2213 }
|
|
2214 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
2215 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
2216 break;
|
|
2217 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2218 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2219 {
|
|
2220 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
2221 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
2222 }
|
|
2223 else
|
|
2224 #endif
|
|
2225 {
|
|
2226 ++p;
|
|
2227 ++s;
|
665
|
2228 }
|
|
2229 }
|
|
2230
|
|
2231 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
2232 {
|
|
2233 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
2234 *p = NUL;
|
|
2235 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
2236 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2237 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
2238 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
2239
|
|
2240 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
2241 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
2242 if (!had_match)
|
|
2243 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2244 }
|
|
2245
|
|
2246 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
2247 }
|
|
2248 }
|
|
2249
|
|
2250 /*
|
7
|
2251 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
2252 * Frees matches[].
|
|
2253 */
|
|
2254 static void
|
681
|
2255 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
7
|
2256 int num_matches;
|
|
2257 char_u **matches;
|
681
|
2258 int icase;
|
7
|
2259 {
|
|
2260 int i;
|
|
2261 int add_r = OK;
|
659
|
2262 int dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
2263
|
464
|
2264 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
681
|
2265 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
2266 NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
7
|
2267 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
659
|
2268 dir = FORWARD;
|
7
|
2269 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
2270 }
|
|
2271
|
|
2272 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
2273 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
2274 */
|
|
2275 static int
|
|
2276 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
2277 {
|
464
|
2278 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2279 int count = 0;
|
|
2280
|
449
|
2281 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
7
|
2282 {
|
|
2283 /*
|
|
2284 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
2285 */
|
449
|
2286 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
2287 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
464
|
2288 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
2289 {
|
|
2290 match = match->cp_next;
|
7
|
2291 ++count;
|
|
2292 }
|
464
|
2293 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
2294 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
7
|
2295 }
|
|
2296 return count;
|
|
2297 }
|
|
2298
|
574
|
2299 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
2300 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
659
|
2301 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
540
|
2302 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
2303
|
|
2304 /*
|
|
2305 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
2306 */
|
|
2307 static void
|
|
2308 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
2309 {
|
|
2310 int h;
|
|
2311
|
|
2312 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2313 {
|
|
2314 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
2315 update_screen(0);
|
|
2316 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
2317 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2318 }
|
|
2319 }
|
|
2320
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
2322 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
2323 */
|
|
2324 static void
|
|
2325 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
2326 {
|
|
2327 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2328 {
|
|
2329 pum_undisplay();
|
|
2330 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
2331 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
2332 }
|
|
2333 }
|
|
2334
|
|
2335 /*
|
|
2336 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
2337 */
|
|
2338 static int
|
|
2339 pum_wanted()
|
|
2340 {
|
|
2341 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
665
|
2342 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
540
|
2343 return FALSE;
|
|
2344
|
|
2345 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
2346 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
2347 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
2348 && !gui.in_use
|
|
2349 #endif
|
|
2350 )
|
|
2351 return FALSE;
|
657
|
2352 return TRUE;
|
|
2353 }
|
|
2354
|
|
2355 /*
|
|
2356 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
2357 */
|
|
2358 static int
|
|
2359 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
2360 {
|
|
2361 compl_T *compl;
|
|
2362 int i;
|
540
|
2363
|
|
2364 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
2365 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
2366 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2367 i = 0;
|
|
2368 do
|
|
2369 {
|
|
2370 if (compl == NULL
|
|
2371 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
2372 break;
|
|
2373 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2374 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
2375
|
|
2376 return (i >= 2);
|
|
2377 }
|
|
2378
|
|
2379 /*
|
|
2380 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
659
|
2381 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
540
|
2382 */
|
648
|
2383 void
|
540
|
2384 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
2385 {
|
|
2386 compl_T *compl;
|
659
|
2387 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
2388 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
2389 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
540
|
2390 int i;
|
|
2391 int cur = -1;
|
|
2392 colnr_T col;
|
657
|
2393 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
2394
|
|
2395 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
540
|
2396 return;
|
|
2397
|
|
2398 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
2399 update_screen(0);
|
|
2400
|
|
2401 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
2402 {
|
|
2403 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
2404 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
2405 compl = compl_first_match;
|
657
|
2406 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
2407 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
540
|
2408 do
|
|
2409 {
|
657
|
2410 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
2411 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
681
|
2412 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
540
|
2413 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
2414 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2415 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
657
|
2416 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
2417 return;
|
659
|
2418 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
2419 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
540
|
2420 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
2421 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2422 {
|
|
2423 i = 0;
|
|
2424 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2425 do
|
|
2426 {
|
657
|
2427 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
2428 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
681
|
2429 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
540
|
2430 {
|
659
|
2431 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
2432 {
|
|
2433 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
2434 {
|
|
2435 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
2436 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
2437 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
2438 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
2439 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
2440 }
|
|
2441 else
|
|
2442 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
2443 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
2444 shown_compl = compl;
|
540
|
2445 cur = i;
|
659
|
2446 }
|
|
2447 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
2448 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
2449 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
2450 else
|
|
2451 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
2452 }
|
|
2453
|
|
2454 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
2455 {
|
|
2456 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
2457 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
2458 {
|
|
2459 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
2460 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
2461 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
2462 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
2463 }
|
540
|
2464 }
|
|
2465 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2466 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
659
|
2467
|
|
2468 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
2469 cur = -1;
|
540
|
2470 }
|
|
2471 }
|
|
2472 else
|
|
2473 {
|
|
2474 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
657
|
2475 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
659
|
2476 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
657
|
2477 break;
|
|
2478 cur = i;
|
540
|
2479 }
|
|
2480
|
|
2481 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2482 {
|
|
2483 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
2484 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
2485 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
2486 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
2487 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
2488 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
2489 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
2490 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
648
|
2491 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
540
|
2492 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
2493 }
|
|
2494 }
|
|
2495
|
7
|
2496 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
2497 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
648
|
2498
|
7
|
2499 /*
|
|
2500 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
2501 * completions.
|
|
2502 */
|
|
2503 static void
|
659
|
2504 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
7
|
2505 char_u *dict;
|
|
2506 char_u *pat;
|
667
|
2507 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
7
|
2508 int thesaurus;
|
|
2509 {
|
|
2510 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2511 char_u *buf;
|
|
2512 FILE *fp;
|
|
2513 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
2514 int add_r;
|
|
2515 char_u **files;
|
|
2516 int count;
|
|
2517 int i;
|
|
2518 int save_p_scs;
|
659
|
2519 int dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
2520
|
|
2521 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
2522 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
2523 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
2524 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
2525 p_scs = FALSE;
|
667
|
2526
|
|
2527 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
2528 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
2529 * pattern. */
|
|
2530 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2531 {
|
|
2532 i = STRLEN(pat) + 8;
|
|
2533 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
2534 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
2535 return;
|
|
2536 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs%s", pat);
|
|
2537 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
2538 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
2539 }
|
|
2540 else
|
|
2541 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
2542
|
7
|
2543 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
2544 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
2545 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
449
|
2546 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
7
|
2547 {
|
|
2548 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
2549 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2550 {
|
|
2551 count = 1;
|
|
2552 files = &dict;
|
|
2553 }
|
|
2554 else
|
|
2555 {
|
|
2556 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
2557 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
2558 * a modeline). */
|
|
2559 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
2560 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
2561 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
2562 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
2563 count = 0;
|
|
2564 }
|
|
2565
|
449
|
2566 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
7
|
2567 {
|
|
2568 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
2569 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2570 {
|
274
|
2571 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
2572 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
7
|
2573 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2574 }
|
|
2575
|
|
2576 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
2577 {
|
|
2578 /*
|
|
2579 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
2580 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
2581 */
|
449
|
2582 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
2583 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
7
|
2584 {
|
|
2585 ptr = buf;
|
|
2586 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
2587 {
|
|
2588 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
667
|
2589 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2590 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
2591 else
|
|
2592 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
7
|
2593 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
2594 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
681
|
2595 p_ic, files[i], dir, 0);
|
7
|
2596 if (thesaurus)
|
|
2597 {
|
|
2598 char_u *wstart;
|
|
2599
|
|
2600 /*
|
|
2601 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
2602 */
|
|
2603 while (!got_int)
|
|
2604 {
|
|
2605 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
2606 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
2607 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
2608 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
2609 break;
|
|
2610 wstart = ptr;
|
|
2611
|
|
2612 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
2613 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2614 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2615 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
2616 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
2617 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
2618 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2619 {
|
474
|
2620 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2621
|
|
2622 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2623 break;
|
|
2624 ptr += l;
|
|
2625 }
|
|
2626 else
|
|
2627 #endif
|
|
2628 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2629 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
681
|
2630 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
2631 p_ic, files[i], dir, 0);
|
7
|
2632 }
|
|
2633 }
|
|
2634 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
2635 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
2636 dir = FORWARD;
|
464
|
2637 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
7
|
2638 break;
|
|
2639 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
2640 * of line */
|
|
2641 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
2642 break;
|
|
2643 }
|
|
2644 line_breakcheck();
|
464
|
2645 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
7
|
2646 }
|
|
2647 fclose(fp);
|
|
2648 }
|
|
2649 }
|
|
2650 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2651 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
2652 if (flags)
|
|
2653 break;
|
|
2654 }
|
|
2655 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
2656 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
2657 vim_free(buf);
|
|
2658 }
|
|
2659
|
|
2660 /*
|
|
2661 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
2662 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
2663 */
|
|
2664 char_u *
|
|
2665 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
2666 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2667 {
|
|
2668 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2669 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2670 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
474
|
2671 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2672 else
|
|
2673 #endif
|
|
2674 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2675 ++ptr;
|
|
2676 return ptr;
|
|
2677 }
|
|
2678
|
|
2679 /*
|
|
2680 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
2681 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
2682 */
|
|
2683 char_u *
|
|
2684 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
2685 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2686 {
|
|
2687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2688 int start_class;
|
|
2689
|
|
2690 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2691 {
|
|
2692 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
2693 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
2694 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2695 {
|
474
|
2696 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2697 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
2698 break;
|
|
2699 }
|
|
2700 }
|
|
2701 else
|
|
2702 #endif
|
|
2703 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2704 ++ptr;
|
|
2705 return ptr;
|
|
2706 }
|
|
2707
|
|
2708 /*
|
667
|
2709 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
2710 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
2711 */
|
|
2712 static char_u *
|
|
2713 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
2714 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2715 {
|
|
2716 char_u *s;
|
|
2717
|
|
2718 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
2719 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
2720 --s;
|
|
2721 return s;
|
|
2722 }
|
|
2723
|
|
2724 /*
|
7
|
2725 * Free the list of completions
|
|
2726 */
|
|
2727 static void
|
|
2728 ins_compl_free()
|
|
2729 {
|
464
|
2730 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2731
|
449
|
2732 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2733 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
657
|
2734 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
2735 compl_leader = NULL;
|
449
|
2736
|
|
2737 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
7
|
2738 return;
|
540
|
2739
|
|
2740 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2741 pum_clear();
|
|
2742
|
449
|
2743 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
2744 do
|
|
2745 {
|
449
|
2746 match = compl_curr_match;
|
464
|
2747 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2748 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
7
|
2749 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
464
|
2750 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
2751 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
659
|
2752 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
7
|
2753 vim_free(match);
|
449
|
2754 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
2755 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
7
|
2756 }
|
|
2757
|
|
2758 static void
|
|
2759 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
2760 {
|
449
|
2761 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2762 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2763 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
2764 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2765 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
657
|
2766 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
2767 compl_leader = NULL;
|
7
|
2768 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
2769 }
|
|
2770
|
|
2771 /*
|
674
|
2772 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
2773 */
|
|
2774 int
|
|
2775 ins_compl_active()
|
|
2776 {
|
|
2777 return compl_started;
|
|
2778 }
|
|
2779
|
|
2780 /*
|
659
|
2781 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
2782 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
657
|
2783 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
2784 */
|
|
2785 static int
|
|
2786 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
2787 {
|
|
2788 char_u *line;
|
|
2789 char_u *p;
|
|
2790
|
|
2791 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
2792 {
|
|
2793 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
2794 * matches all over again. */
|
|
2795 ins_compl_free();
|
|
2796 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2797 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
2798 }
|
|
2799
|
|
2800 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
2801 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
2802 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
2803
|
|
2804 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
2805 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
2806 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
2807 {
|
|
2808 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2809 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2810 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
2811
|
|
2812 if (!compl_started)
|
|
2813 {
|
|
2814 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
2815 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
2816 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2817 else
|
|
2818 {
|
|
2819 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
2820 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
2821 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
2822 }
|
|
2823 }
|
|
2824
|
|
2825 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
2826 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
2827 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
2828
|
|
2829 return TRUE;
|
|
2830 }
|
|
2831 return FALSE;
|
|
2832 }
|
|
2833
|
|
2834 /*
|
|
2835 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
2836 * matches.
|
|
2837 */
|
|
2838 static void
|
|
2839 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
2840 int c;
|
|
2841 {
|
|
2842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2843 int cc;
|
|
2844
|
|
2845 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
2846 {
|
|
2847 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
2848
|
|
2849 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
2850 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
2851 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
2852 }
|
|
2853 else
|
|
2854 #endif
|
|
2855 ins_char(c);
|
|
2856
|
|
2857 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
2858 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
2859 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
2860 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
2861 {
|
|
2862 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
2863 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2864 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
2865 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
2866 }
|
|
2867 }
|
|
2868
|
|
2869 /*
|
659
|
2870 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
2871 * matches.
|
|
2872 */
|
|
2873 static void
|
|
2874 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
2875 {
|
|
2876 char_u *p;
|
|
2877 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
2878 int c;
|
|
2879
|
|
2880 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
677
|
2881 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
659
|
2882 return;
|
|
2883 p += len;
|
|
2884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2885 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
2886 #else
|
|
2887 c = *p;
|
|
2888 #endif
|
|
2889 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
2890 }
|
|
2891
|
|
2892 /*
|
7
|
2893 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
464
|
2894 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
540
|
2895 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
7
|
2896 */
|
540
|
2897 static int
|
7
|
2898 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
2899 int c;
|
|
2900 {
|
|
2901 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2902 int temp;
|
|
2903 int want_cindent;
|
540
|
2904 int retval = FALSE;
|
7
|
2905
|
|
2906 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
2907 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
2908 */
|
|
2909 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2910 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
2911
|
|
2912 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
2913 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
540
|
2914 return retval;
|
7
|
2915
|
665
|
2916 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
2917 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
2918 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
2919 {
|
|
2920 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
2921 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
2922 }
|
|
2923
|
7
|
2924 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
2925 {
|
|
2926 /*
|
|
2927 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
2928 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
2929 */
|
|
2930 switch (c)
|
|
2931 {
|
|
2932 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
2933 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
2934 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
2935 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
2936 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
2937 else
|
|
2938 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
2939 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
2940 showmode();
|
|
2941 break;
|
|
2942 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
2943 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
2944 break;
|
|
2945 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
2946 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
2947 break;
|
|
2948 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
2949 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2950 break;
|
|
2951 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
2952 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
2953 break;
|
|
2954 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
2955 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
2956 break;
|
12
|
2957 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
2958 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
2959 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
2960 break;
|
449
|
2961 case Ctrl_O:
|
523
|
2962 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
449
|
2963 break;
|
502
|
2964 #endif
|
477
|
2965 case 's':
|
|
2966 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
2967 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
484
|
2968 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
2969 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
2970 #endif
|
477
|
2971 break;
|
7
|
2972 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
2973 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
2974 break;
|
|
2975 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2976 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
2977 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
2978 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
2979 break;
|
|
2980 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
2981 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
2982 break;
|
|
2983 #endif
|
|
2984 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
2985 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
2986 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
2987 break;
|
|
2988 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
2989 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
2990 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
2991 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
2992 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
2993 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
2994 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
2995 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
2996 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
2997 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
2998 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
2999 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
3000 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
3001 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
3002 default:
|
449
|
3003 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
3004 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
3005 * mode).
|
|
3006 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
3007 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
3008 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
3009 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
3010 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
3011 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
3012 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
7
|
3013 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
3014 {
|
449
|
3015 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
3016 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
3017 else
|
449
|
3018 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
7
|
3019 }
|
|
3020 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
3021 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
3022 showmode();
|
|
3023 break;
|
|
3024 }
|
|
3025 }
|
|
3026 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
3027 {
|
|
3028 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
3029 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
3030 {
|
|
3031 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
3032 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
3033 else
|
|
3034 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
3035 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
3036 }
|
|
3037 showmode();
|
|
3038 }
|
|
3039
|
449
|
3040 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
7
|
3041 {
|
|
3042 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
3043 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
449
|
3044 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
7
|
3045 showmode();
|
644
|
3046 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
3047 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
7
|
3048 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
3049 {
|
|
3050 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
3051 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
449
|
3052 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
3053 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
7
|
3054 {
|
449
|
3055 char_u *p;
|
|
3056
|
7
|
3057 /*
|
|
3058 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
3059 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
3060 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
3061 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
3062 */
|
464
|
3063 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
449
|
3064 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
3065 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
7
|
3066 {
|
449
|
3067 ++p;
|
7
|
3068 ++ptr;
|
|
3069 }
|
449
|
3070 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
7
|
3071 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
620
|
3072 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
7
|
3073 }
|
|
3074
|
|
3075 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
3076 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
3077 #endif
|
|
3078 /*
|
|
3079 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
3080 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
3081 */
|
449
|
3082 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
7
|
3083 {
|
|
3084 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
3085 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
3086 if (want_cindent)
|
|
3087 {
|
|
3088 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
3089 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
3090 }
|
|
3091 #endif
|
|
3092 }
|
|
3093 else
|
|
3094 {
|
|
3095 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
3096 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
3097 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
3098 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
3099 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
3100 }
|
|
3101
|
|
3102 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
3103
|
540
|
3104 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
3105 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
3106 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
3107 retval = TRUE;
|
|
3108
|
7
|
3109 ins_compl_free();
|
449
|
3110 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
3111 compl_matches = 0;
|
7
|
3112 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
3113 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
3114 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
3115 {
|
|
3116 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
3117 showmode();
|
|
3118 }
|
|
3119
|
|
3120 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
3121 /*
|
|
3122 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
3123 */
|
|
3124 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
3125 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
3126 #endif
|
|
3127 }
|
|
3128 }
|
|
3129
|
|
3130 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
3131 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
3132 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
3133 {
|
449
|
3134 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
3135 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
7
|
3136 }
|
540
|
3137
|
|
3138 return retval;
|
7
|
3139 }
|
|
3140
|
|
3141 /*
|
|
3142 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
3143 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
3144 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
3145 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
3146 *
|
|
3147 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
3148 */
|
|
3149 static buf_T *
|
|
3150 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
3151 buf_T *buf;
|
|
3152 int flag;
|
|
3153 {
|
|
3154 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
3155 static win_T *wp;
|
|
3156 #endif
|
|
3157
|
|
3158 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
3159 {
|
|
3160 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
3161 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
3162 wp = curwin;
|
383
|
3163 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
7
|
3164 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
3165 ;
|
|
3166 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
3167 #else
|
|
3168 buf = curbuf;
|
|
3169 #endif
|
|
3170 }
|
|
3171 else
|
|
3172 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
3173 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
3174 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
383
|
3175 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
7
|
3176 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
3177 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
3178 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
3179 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
667
|
3180 || buf->b_scanned))
|
7
|
3181 ;
|
|
3182 return buf;
|
|
3183 }
|
|
3184
|
12
|
3185 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
659
|
3186 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
12
|
3187
|
|
3188 /*
|
523
|
3189 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
502
|
3190 * get matches in "matches".
|
452
|
3191 * Return value is number of matches.
|
12
|
3192 */
|
659
|
3193 static void
|
|
3194 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
523
|
3195 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
12
|
3196 char_u *base;
|
|
3197 {
|
452
|
3198 list_T *matchlist;
|
502
|
3199 char_u *args[2];
|
452
|
3200 listitem_T *li;
|
|
3201 char_u *p;
|
502
|
3202 char_u *funcname;
|
|
3203 pos_T pos;
|
659
|
3204 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
3205 char_u *x;
|
681
|
3206 int icase;
|
502
|
3207
|
|
3208 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
3209 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
659
|
3210 return;
|
452
|
3211
|
|
3212 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
3213 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
502
|
3214 args[1] = base;
|
|
3215
|
|
3216 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
3217 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
3218 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
452
|
3219 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
659
|
3220 return;
|
|
3221
|
|
3222 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
452
|
3223 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
3224 {
|
659
|
3225 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
3226 {
|
|
3227 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
3228 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
681
|
3229 if (get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase",
|
|
3230 FALSE) == NULL)
|
|
3231 icase = p_ic;
|
|
3232 else
|
|
3233 icase = get_dict_number(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict,
|
|
3234 (char_u *)"icase");
|
659
|
3235 }
|
|
3236 else
|
|
3237 {
|
|
3238 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
3239 x = NULL;
|
|
3240 }
|
452
|
3241 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
3242 {
|
681
|
3243 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, icase, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
659
|
3244 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
3245 dir = FORWARD;
|
452
|
3246 }
|
648
|
3247 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
3248 break;
|
452
|
3249 }
|
|
3250
|
|
3251 list_unref(matchlist);
|
12
|
3252 }
|
|
3253 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
3254
|
449
|
3255 /*
|
|
3256 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
659
|
3257 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
3258 * compl_direction.
|
667
|
3259 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
3260 * where we stopped searching before.
|
449
|
3261 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
3262 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
7
|
3263 */
|
|
3264 static int
|
659
|
3265 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
7
|
3266 pos_T *ini;
|
|
3267 {
|
|
3268 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
3269 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
3270 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
449
|
3271 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
3272 certain type. */
|
|
3273 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
7
|
3274
|
464
|
3275 pos_T *pos;
|
|
3276 char_u **matches;
|
|
3277 int save_p_scs;
|
|
3278 int save_p_ws;
|
|
3279 int save_p_ic;
|
|
3280 int i;
|
|
3281 int num_matches;
|
|
3282 int len;
|
|
3283 int found_new_match;
|
|
3284 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
3285 char_u *ptr;
|
|
3286 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
3287 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
3288 compl_T *old_match;
|
7
|
3289
|
449
|
3290 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3291 {
|
|
3292 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
3293 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
3294 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
3295 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
449
|
3296 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
12
|
3297 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
7
|
3298 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
3299 }
|
|
3300
|
449
|
3301 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
659
|
3302 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
7
|
3303 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
3304 for (;;)
|
|
3305 {
|
|
3306 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3307
|
449
|
3308 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
7
|
3309 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
3310 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
3311 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3312 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
7
|
3313 {
|
|
3314 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
3315 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
3316 e_cpt++;
|
|
3317 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
3318 {
|
|
3319 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
3320 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
3321 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
3322 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
3323 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
3324 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
3325 type = 0;
|
|
3326 }
|
|
3327 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
3328 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
3329 {
|
|
3330 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
3331 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
3332 {
|
449
|
3333 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3334 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
3335 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
3336 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
3337 type = 0;
|
|
3338 }
|
|
3339 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
3340 {
|
|
3341 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3342 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
3343 continue;
|
|
3344 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
3345 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
3346 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
3347 }
|
274
|
3348 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
7
|
3349 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
3350 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
3351 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
3352 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
3353 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
3354 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
3355 }
|
|
3356 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
3357 break;
|
|
3358 else
|
|
3359 {
|
|
3360 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3361 type = -1;
|
|
3362 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
3363 {
|
|
3364 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
3365 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
3366 else
|
|
3367 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
3368 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
3369 {
|
|
3370 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
3371 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
3372 }
|
|
3373 }
|
|
3374 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
3375 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
3376 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
3377 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
3378 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
3379 #endif
|
|
3380 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
3381 {
|
|
3382 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
3383 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
3384 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
3385 }
|
|
3386 else
|
|
3387 type = -1;
|
|
3388
|
|
3389 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
3390 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
3391
|
|
3392 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3393 if (type == -1)
|
|
3394 continue;
|
|
3395 }
|
|
3396 }
|
|
3397
|
|
3398 switch (type)
|
|
3399 {
|
|
3400 case -1:
|
|
3401 break;
|
|
3402 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
3403 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
3404 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
659
|
3405 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
449
|
3406 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
7
|
3407 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
449
|
3408 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
3409 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
3410 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
3411 break;
|
|
3412 #endif
|
|
3413
|
|
3414 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
3415 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
3416 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
3417 dict ? dict
|
|
3418 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
3419 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
3420 ? p_tsr
|
|
3421 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
3422 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
3423 ? p_dict
|
|
3424 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
659
|
3425 compl_pattern,
|
7
|
3426 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
3427 dict = NULL;
|
|
3428 break;
|
|
3429
|
|
3430 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
3431 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
3432 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
449
|
3433 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
7
|
3434
|
|
3435 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
449
|
3436 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
3437 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
3438 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
3439 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
3440 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
3441 {
|
681
|
3442 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
7
|
3443 }
|
|
3444 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
3445 break;
|
|
3446
|
|
3447 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
449
|
3448 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
3449 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
3450 {
|
|
3451
|
|
3452 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
449
|
3453 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
681
|
3454 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
3455 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
3456 TRUE
|
|
3457 #else
|
|
3458 FALSE
|
|
3459 #endif
|
|
3460 );
|
7
|
3461 }
|
|
3462 break;
|
|
3463
|
|
3464 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
449
|
3465 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
3466 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
7
|
3467 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
681
|
3468 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
7
|
3469 break;
|
|
3470
|
12
|
3471 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
3472 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
523
|
3473 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
659
|
3474 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
12
|
3475 break;
|
|
3476 #endif
|
|
3477
|
477
|
3478 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
3479 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
3480 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
3481 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
3482 if (num_matches > 0)
|
681
|
3483 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
477
|
3484 #endif
|
|
3485 break;
|
|
3486
|
7
|
3487 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
3488 /*
|
|
3489 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
3490 */
|
|
3491 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
3492 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
3493 p_scs = FALSE;
|
449
|
3494
|
7
|
3495 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
3496 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
3497 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
3498 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
3499 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
3500 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
3501 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
3502 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
3503 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
3504 for (;;)
|
|
3505 {
|
464
|
3506 int flags = 0;
|
7
|
3507
|
540
|
3508 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
3509 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
7
|
3510 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
449
|
3511 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
3512 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
659
|
3513 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
7
|
3514 else
|
659
|
3515 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
3516 compl_direction,
|
449
|
3517 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
7
|
3518 RE_LAST);
|
449
|
3519 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3520 {
|
667
|
3521 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
449
|
3522 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3523 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
3524 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
3525 }
|
|
3526 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
665
|
3527 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
7
|
3528 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3529 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
3530 {
|
|
3531 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
3532 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3533 break;
|
|
3534 }
|
|
3535
|
|
3536 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
449
|
3537 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
7
|
3538 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
3539 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
3540 continue;
|
|
3541 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
3542 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3543 {
|
449
|
3544 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3545 {
|
|
3546 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
3547 continue;
|
|
3548 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
3549 if (!p_paste)
|
|
3550 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
3551 }
|
|
3552 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
3553 }
|
|
3554 else
|
|
3555 {
|
449
|
3556 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
3557
|
|
3558 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3559 {
|
449
|
3560 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
7
|
3561 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
3562 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
3563 continue;
|
|
3564 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
3565 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3566 }
|
|
3567 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
3568 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3569 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3570
|
449
|
3571 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
3572 && len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3573 {
|
|
3574 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
3575 {
|
|
3576 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
3577 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
3578 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
449
|
3579 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
7
|
3580 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
3581 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
3582 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
3583 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
3584 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
3585 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3586 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
3587 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3588 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
3589 {
|
419
|
3590 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
7
|
3591 {
|
419
|
3592 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
7
|
3593 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3594 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
3595 if (p_js
|
419
|
3596 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
7
|
3597 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
3598 == NULL
|
419
|
3599 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
3600 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
7
|
3601 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3602 }
|
|
3603 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
3604 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
3605 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
3606 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3607 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
464
|
3608 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3609 }
|
|
3610 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
3611 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
3612 }
|
449
|
3613 if (len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3614 continue;
|
|
3615 }
|
|
3616 }
|
681
|
3617 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
540
|
3618 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
659
|
3619 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
7
|
3620 {
|
|
3621 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3622 break;
|
|
3623 }
|
|
3624 }
|
|
3625 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
3626 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
3627 }
|
540
|
3628
|
449
|
3629 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
3630 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
540
|
3631 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
7
|
3632 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3633
|
|
3634 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
3635 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
3636 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3637 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
540
|
3638 {
|
|
3639 if (got_int)
|
|
3640 break;
|
665
|
3641 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
540
|
3642 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
3643 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
665
|
3644
|
540
|
3645 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3646 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
3647 break;
|
|
3648 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
3649 }
|
|
3650 else
|
|
3651 {
|
|
3652 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
3653 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
3654 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
3655
|
|
3656 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
3657 }
|
449
|
3658 }
|
|
3659 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3660
|
|
3661 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3662 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
3663 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3664
|
|
3665 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
3666 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
3667 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
3668 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
3669
|
|
3670 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
449
|
3671 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
3672 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
659
|
3673 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
449
|
3674 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
3675 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
7
|
3676 return i;
|
|
3677 }
|
|
3678
|
|
3679 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
3680 static void
|
|
3681 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
3682 {
|
|
3683 int i;
|
|
3684
|
|
3685 /*
|
|
3686 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
3687 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
3688 */
|
449
|
3689 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
7
|
3690 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
3691 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
3692 }
|
|
3693
|
|
3694 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
3695 static void
|
|
3696 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
3697 {
|
464
|
3698 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
683
|
3699 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
3700 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
3701 else
|
|
3702 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
7
|
3703 }
|
|
3704
|
|
3705 /*
|
|
3706 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
464
|
3707 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
3708 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
3709 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
3710 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
3711 * through the ones found so far.
|
7
|
3712 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
3713 *
|
449
|
3714 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
3715 * compl_shown_match here.
|
7
|
3716 *
|
|
3717 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
464
|
3718 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
3719 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
7
|
3720 */
|
|
3721 static int
|
665
|
3722 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
7
|
3723 int allow_get_expansion;
|
610
|
3724 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
3725 be at least 1 */
|
665
|
3726 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
7
|
3727 {
|
|
3728 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
3729 int i;
|
610
|
3730 int todo = count;
|
657
|
3731 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
3732 int found_end = FALSE;
|
7
|
3733
|
665
|
3734 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
3735 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
3736 {
|
|
3737 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
3738 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
681
|
3739 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
3740 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
665
|
3741 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
3742 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
3743 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
3744 }
|
|
3745
|
|
3746 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
3747 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
7
|
3748 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
3749 ins_compl_delete();
|
665
|
3750
|
449
|
3751 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
610
|
3752
|
|
3753 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
3754 * around. */
|
|
3755 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
3756 {
|
|
3757 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
3758 {
|
|
3759 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
657
|
3760 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
3761 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
3762 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
610
|
3763 }
|
|
3764 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
3765 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
3766 {
|
657
|
3767 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
610
|
3768 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
657
|
3769 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
7
|
3770 }
|
|
3771 else
|
610
|
3772 {
|
|
3773 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
657
|
3774 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3775 return -1;
|
|
3776
|
659
|
3777 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
657
|
3778 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
3779 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
3780 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
3781 }
|
|
3782 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
3783 && compl_leader != NULL
|
681
|
3784 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
3785 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
657
|
3786 ++todo;
|
|
3787 else
|
|
3788 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
3789 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
3790
|
|
3791 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
3792 if (found_end)
|
|
3793 {
|
|
3794 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
610
|
3795 {
|
657
|
3796 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
3797 break;
|
610
|
3798 }
|
657
|
3799 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
610
|
3800 }
|
7
|
3801 }
|
|
3802
|
665
|
3803 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
3804 if (insert_match)
|
|
3805 {
|
|
3806 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
3807 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
3808 else
|
|
3809 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
3810 }
|
|
3811 else
|
|
3812 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
7
|
3813
|
|
3814 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3815 {
|
540
|
3816 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
3817 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
3818
|
665
|
3819 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
3820 update_screen(0);
|
|
3821
|
540
|
3822 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
3823 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
3824
|
7
|
3825 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
3826 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
3827 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3828 }
|
|
3829
|
|
3830 /*
|
|
3831 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
3832 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
3833 */
|
464
|
3834 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
7
|
3835 {
|
|
3836 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
464
|
3837 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
7
|
3838 if (i <= 0)
|
|
3839 i = 0;
|
|
3840 else
|
|
3841 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
464
|
3842 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
7
|
3843 msg(IObuff);
|
|
3844 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
3845 }
|
|
3846
|
|
3847 return num_matches;
|
|
3848 }
|
|
3849
|
|
3850 /*
|
|
3851 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
3852 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
449
|
3853 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
7
|
3854 * possible. -- webb
|
464
|
3855 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
7
|
3856 */
|
|
3857 void
|
464
|
3858 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
3859 int frequency;
|
7
|
3860 {
|
|
3861 static int count = 0;
|
|
3862
|
|
3863 int c;
|
|
3864
|
|
3865 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
3866 * scripts */
|
|
3867 if (using_script())
|
|
3868 return;
|
|
3869
|
|
3870 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
464
|
3871 if (++count < frequency)
|
7
|
3872 return;
|
|
3873 count = 0;
|
|
3874
|
|
3875 ++no_mapping;
|
|
3876 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
3877 --no_mapping;
|
|
3878 if (c != NUL)
|
|
3879 {
|
|
3880 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
3881 {
|
|
3882 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
610
|
3883 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
665
|
3884 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
3885 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
7
|
3886 }
|
|
3887 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
449
|
3888 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
3889 }
|
|
3890 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
665
|
3891 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
610
|
3892 }
|
|
3893
|
|
3894 /*
|
|
3895 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
3896 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
3897 */
|
|
3898 static int
|
|
3899 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
3900 int c;
|
|
3901 {
|
665
|
3902 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
3903 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
3904 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
610
|
3905 return BACKWARD;
|
|
3906 return FORWARD;
|
|
3907 }
|
|
3908
|
|
3909 /*
|
644
|
3910 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
3911 * is visible.
|
|
3912 */
|
|
3913 static int
|
|
3914 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
3915 int c;
|
|
3916 {
|
|
3917 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
665
|
3918 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
3919 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
644
|
3920 }
|
|
3921
|
|
3922 /*
|
610
|
3923 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
3924 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
3925 */
|
|
3926 static int
|
|
3927 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
3928 int c;
|
|
3929 {
|
|
3930 int h;
|
|
3931
|
665
|
3932 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
610
|
3933 {
|
|
3934 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
3935 if (h > 3)
|
|
3936 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
3937 return h;
|
|
3938 }
|
|
3939 return 1;
|
7
|
3940 }
|
|
3941
|
|
3942 /*
|
681
|
3943 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
3944 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
3945 */
|
|
3946 static int
|
|
3947 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
3948 int c;
|
|
3949 {
|
|
3950 switch (c)
|
|
3951 {
|
|
3952 case K_UP:
|
|
3953 case K_DOWN:
|
|
3954 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
3955 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
3956 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
3957 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
3958 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
3959 case K_S_UP:
|
|
3960 return FALSE;
|
|
3961 }
|
|
3962 return TRUE;
|
|
3963 }
|
|
3964
|
|
3965 /*
|
7
|
3966 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
3967 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
3968 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
3969 */
|
|
3970 static int
|
|
3971 ins_complete(c)
|
449
|
3972 int c;
|
7
|
3973 {
|
449
|
3974 char_u *line;
|
|
3975 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
3976 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
3977 int n;
|
7
|
3978
|
610
|
3979 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
449
|
3980 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3981 {
|
|
3982 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
3983
|
|
3984 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
3985 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
3986 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
3987 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
3988 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
3989 #endif
|
|
3990 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
3991 return FAIL;
|
|
3992
|
|
3993 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
449
|
3994 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
3995
|
|
3996 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
449
|
3997 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
3998 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
3999 * "compl_startpos"
|
7
|
4000 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
4001 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
4002 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
4003 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
665
|
4004 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
4005 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
7
|
4006 {
|
|
4007 /*
|
|
4008 * it is a continued search
|
|
4009 */
|
449
|
4010 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
7
|
4011 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
4012 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
4013 {
|
449
|
4014 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
7
|
4015 {
|
449
|
4016 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
4017 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
4018 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
4019 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
4020 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
4021 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
4022 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
4023 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
7
|
4024 }
|
|
4025 else
|
|
4026 {
|
|
4027 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
4028 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
449
|
4029 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
4030 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
4031 {
|
449
|
4032 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
4033 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
4034 line + compl_length
|
|
4035 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
7
|
4036 }
|
449
|
4037 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
7
|
4038 }
|
449
|
4039 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
502
|
4040 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
7
|
4041 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
4042 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
449
|
4043 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
7
|
4044 {
|
449
|
4045 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
4046 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
4047 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
7
|
4048 }
|
449
|
4049 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
4050 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
4051 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
4052 }
|
|
4053 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
4054 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
7
|
4055 else
|
449
|
4056 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
4057 }
|
|
4058 else
|
449
|
4059 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
4060
|
|
4061 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
4062 {
|
|
4063 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
7
|
4064 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
449
|
4065 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
4066 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
4067 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4068 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
4069 compl_col = 0;
|
7
|
4070 }
|
|
4071
|
|
4072 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
4073 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
4074 {
|
449
|
4075 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
7
|
4076 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
4077 {
|
449
|
4078 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
7
|
4079 {
|
449
|
4080 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
4081 ;
|
449
|
4082 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
4083 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
4084 }
|
|
4085 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
4086 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
4087 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
7
|
4088 else
|
449
|
4089 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
4090 compl_length);
|
|
4091 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4092 return FAIL;
|
|
4093 }
|
449
|
4094 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
4095 {
|
|
4096 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
4097
|
|
4098 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
4099 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
4100 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
4101 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
4102 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4103 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4104 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
4105 || (compl_col > 0
|
7
|
4106 && (
|
|
4107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
4108 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
7
|
4109 #else
|
449
|
4110 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
7
|
4111 #endif
|
|
4112 )))
|
|
4113 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
449
|
4114 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
4115 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
4116 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
7
|
4117 }
|
449
|
4118 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
7
|
4119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
4120 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
7
|
4121 #else
|
449
|
4122 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
7
|
4123 #endif
|
|
4124 )
|
|
4125 {
|
|
4126 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
449
|
4127 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
4128 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4129 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4130 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
4131 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
4132 }
|
|
4133 else
|
|
4134 {
|
|
4135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4136 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
4137 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
4138 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4139 {
|
|
4140 int base_class;
|
|
4141 int head_off;
|
|
4142
|
449
|
4143 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
4144 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
4145 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
7
|
4146 {
|
449
|
4147 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
4148 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
4149 - head_off))
|
7
|
4150 break;
|
449
|
4151 startcol -= head_off;
|
7
|
4152 }
|
|
4153 }
|
|
4154 else
|
|
4155 #endif
|
449
|
4156 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
4157 ;
|
449
|
4158 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
4159 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
4160 if (compl_length == 1)
|
7
|
4161 {
|
|
4162 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
4163 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
4164 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
4165 */
|
449
|
4166 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
4167 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4168 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4169 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
4170 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
4171 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
7
|
4172 }
|
|
4173 else
|
|
4174 {
|
449
|
4175 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
4176 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
4177 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4178 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4179 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
4180 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
4181 compl_length);
|
7
|
4182 }
|
|
4183 }
|
|
4184 }
|
|
4185 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
4186 {
|
449
|
4187 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
4188 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
4189 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
4190 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
4191 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
4192 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
4193 NULL, 0);
|
7
|
4194 else
|
449
|
4195 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4196 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4197 return FAIL;
|
|
4198 }
|
|
4199 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
4200 {
|
449
|
4201 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
4202 ;
|
449
|
4203 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
4204 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
4205 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
4206 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
4207 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4208 return FAIL;
|
|
4209 }
|
|
4210 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
4211 {
|
449
|
4212 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
4213 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
4214 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4215 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
4216 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
4217 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
4218 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
7
|
4219 return FAIL;
|
449
|
4220 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
4221 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
4222 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
4223 }
|
523
|
4224 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
502
|
4225 {
|
12
|
4226 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
4227 /*
|
502
|
4228 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
4229 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
12
|
4230 */
|
502
|
4231 char_u *args[2];
|
452
|
4232 int col;
|
502
|
4233 char_u *funcname;
|
|
4234 pos_T pos;
|
|
4235
|
523
|
4236 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
502
|
4237 * string */
|
|
4238 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
4239 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
4240 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
523
|
4241 {
|
|
4242 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
4243 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
12
|
4244 return FAIL;
|
523
|
4245 }
|
452
|
4246
|
|
4247 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
502
|
4248 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
4249 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4250 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
4251 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
4252
|
452
|
4253 if (col < 0)
|
523
|
4254 col = curs_col;
|
452
|
4255 compl_col = col;
|
|
4256 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
4257 compl_col = curs_col;
|
449
|
4258
|
|
4259 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
4260 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
4261 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
452
|
4262 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
449
|
4263 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4264 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
502
|
4265 #endif
|
449
|
4266 return FAIL;
|
|
4267 }
|
477
|
4268 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
4269 {
|
|
4270 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
497
|
4271 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
4272 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
4273 else
|
|
4274 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
4275 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
477
|
4276 return FAIL;
|
537
|
4277 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
477
|
4278 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
4279 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4280 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
4281 #endif
|
|
4282 return FAIL;
|
|
4283 }
|
449
|
4284 else
|
|
4285 {
|
|
4286 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
4287 return FAIL;
|
|
4288 }
|
|
4289
|
|
4290 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
4291 {
|
|
4292 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
4293 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
4294 {
|
|
4295 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
4296 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4297 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
4298
|
|
4299 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
4300 #endif
|
449
|
4301 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
4302 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
7
|
4303 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
4304 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4305 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
4306 #endif
|
449
|
4307 compl_length = 0;
|
|
4308 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
4309 }
|
|
4310 }
|
|
4311 else
|
|
4312 {
|
|
4313 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
449
|
4314 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
4315 }
|
|
4316
|
|
4317 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
4318 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
7
|
4319 else
|
|
4320 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
4321
|
|
4322 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
449
|
4323 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
4324 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
4325 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
4326 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
681
|
4327 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
449
|
4328 {
|
|
4329 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
4330 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
4331 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
4332 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
7
|
4333 return FAIL;
|
|
4334 }
|
|
4335
|
|
4336 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
4337 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
4338 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
4339 */
|
|
4340 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
4341 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
4342 showmode();
|
|
4343 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
4344 out_flush();
|
|
4345 }
|
|
4346
|
449
|
4347 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
4348 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
4349
|
|
4350 /*
|
665
|
4351 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
7
|
4352 */
|
681
|
4353 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
449
|
4354
|
540
|
4355 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
4356 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
4357
|
449
|
4358 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
4359 compl_matches = n;
|
|
4360 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
4361 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
4362 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
7
|
4363
|
|
4364 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
4365 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
4366 {
|
|
4367 (void)vgetc();
|
|
4368 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
4369 }
|
|
4370
|
449
|
4371 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
464
|
4372 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
449
|
4373 {
|
|
4374 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
4375 && compl_length > 1
|
7
|
4376 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
4377 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
4378 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
4379 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
4380 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
4381 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
4382 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
4383 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
4384 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
4385 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
4386 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
449
|
4387 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
4388 }
|
|
4389
|
464
|
4390 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
449
|
4391 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
4392 else
|
449
|
4393 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
4394
|
|
4395 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
4396 {
|
464
|
4397 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
7
|
4398 {
|
|
4399 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
4400 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
4401 }
|
449
|
4402 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
4403 {
|
|
4404 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
4405 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
4406 }
|
464
|
4407 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
7
|
4408 {
|
|
4409 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
4410 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
4411 }
|
|
4412 else
|
|
4413 {
|
|
4414 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
464
|
4415 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
7
|
4416 {
|
464
|
4417 int number = 0;
|
|
4418 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
4419
|
449
|
4420 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
7
|
4421 {
|
|
4422 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
4423 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
4424 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
4425 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
4426 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
4427 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
4428 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
4429 {
|
464
|
4430 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
4431 break;
|
|
4432 }
|
|
4433 if (match != NULL)
|
|
4434 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
4435 * yet */
|
540
|
4436 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
4437 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
464
|
4438 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
4439 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
4440 }
|
|
4441 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
4442 {
|
|
4443 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
4444 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
4445 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
4446 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
4447 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
4448 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
4449 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
4450 {
|
464
|
4451 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
4452 break;
|
|
4453 }
|
|
4454 if (match != NULL)
|
|
4455 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
4456 * assigned yet */
|
464
|
4457 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
4458 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
4459 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
4460 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
4461 }
|
|
4462 }
|
|
4463
|
540
|
4464 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
4465 * just a safety check. */
|
464
|
4466 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
4467 {
|
|
4468 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
4469 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
4470
|
449
|
4471 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
7
|
4472 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
464
|
4473 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
7
|
4474 else
|
449
|
4475 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
464
|
4476 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
419
|
4477 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
7
|
4478 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
4479 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
4480 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
4481 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
4482 }
|
|
4483 }
|
|
4484 }
|
|
4485
|
|
4486 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
4487 showmode();
|
|
4488 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
4489 {
|
|
4490 if (!p_smd)
|
|
4491 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
4492 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
4493 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
4494 }
|
|
4495 else
|
|
4496 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
4497
|
540
|
4498 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
4499
|
7
|
4500 return OK;
|
|
4501 }
|
|
4502
|
|
4503 /*
|
|
4504 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
4505 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
4506 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
4507 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
4508 */
|
|
4509 static int
|
|
4510 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
4511 char_u *dest;
|
|
4512 char_u *src;
|
|
4513 int len;
|
|
4514 {
|
|
4515 int m;
|
|
4516
|
|
4517 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
4518 {
|
|
4519 switch (*src)
|
|
4520 {
|
|
4521 case '.':
|
|
4522 case '*':
|
|
4523 case '[':
|
|
4524 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
4525 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
4526 break;
|
|
4527 case '~':
|
|
4528 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
4529 break;
|
|
4530 case '\\':
|
|
4531 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
4532 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
4533 break;
|
|
4534 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
4535 case '$':
|
|
4536 m++;
|
|
4537 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4538 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
4539 break;
|
|
4540 }
|
|
4541 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4542 *dest++ = *src;
|
464
|
4543 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
7
|
4544 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
4545 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4546 {
|
|
4547 int i, mb_len;
|
|
4548
|
474
|
4549 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
7
|
4550 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
4551 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
4552 {
|
|
4553 --len;
|
|
4554 ++src;
|
|
4555 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4556 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
4557 }
|
|
4558 }
|
464
|
4559 # endif
|
7
|
4560 }
|
|
4561 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4562 *dest = NUL;
|
|
4563
|
|
4564 return m;
|
|
4565 }
|
|
4566 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
4567
|
|
4568 /*
|
|
4569 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
4570 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
4571 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
4572 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
4573 */
|
|
4574 int
|
|
4575 get_literal()
|
|
4576 {
|
|
4577 int cc;
|
|
4578 int nc;
|
|
4579 int i;
|
|
4580 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
4581 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
4582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4583 int unicode = 0;
|
|
4584 #endif
|
|
4585
|
|
4586 if (got_int)
|
|
4587 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
4588
|
|
4589 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
4590 /*
|
|
4591 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
4592 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
4593 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
4594 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
4595 */
|
|
4596 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
4597 ++allow_keys;
|
|
4598 #endif
|
|
4599 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
4600 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
4601 #endif
|
|
4602 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
4603 cc = 0;
|
|
4604 i = 0;
|
|
4605 for (;;)
|
|
4606 {
|
|
4607 do
|
|
4608 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
4609 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
4610 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
4611 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
4612 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
4613 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4614 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
4615 # endif
|
|
4616 )
|
|
4617 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
4618 #endif
|
|
4619 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
4620 hex = TRUE;
|
|
4621 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
4622 octal = TRUE;
|
|
4623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4624 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
4625 unicode = nc;
|
|
4626 #endif
|
|
4627 else
|
|
4628 {
|
|
4629 if (hex
|
|
4630 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4631 || unicode != 0
|
|
4632 #endif
|
|
4633 )
|
|
4634 {
|
|
4635 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
4636 break;
|
|
4637 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
4638 }
|
|
4639 else if (octal)
|
|
4640 {
|
|
4641 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
4642 break;
|
|
4643 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
4644 }
|
|
4645 else
|
|
4646 {
|
|
4647 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
4648 break;
|
|
4649 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
4650 }
|
|
4651
|
|
4652 ++i;
|
|
4653 }
|
|
4654
|
|
4655 if (cc > 255
|
|
4656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4657 && unicode == 0
|
|
4658 #endif
|
|
4659 )
|
|
4660 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
4661 nc = 0;
|
|
4662
|
|
4663 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
4664 {
|
|
4665 if (i >= 2)
|
|
4666 break;
|
|
4667 }
|
|
4668 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4669 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
4670 {
|
|
4671 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
4672 break;
|
|
4673 }
|
|
4674 #endif
|
|
4675 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
4676 break;
|
|
4677 }
|
|
4678 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
4679 {
|
|
4680 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
4681 {
|
|
4682 cc = '\n';
|
|
4683 nc = 0;
|
|
4684 }
|
|
4685 else
|
|
4686 {
|
|
4687 cc = nc;
|
|
4688 nc = 0;
|
|
4689 }
|
|
4690 }
|
|
4691
|
|
4692 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
4693 cc = '\n';
|
221
|
4694 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4695 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
4696 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
4697 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
4698 #endif
|
7
|
4699
|
|
4700 --no_mapping;
|
|
4701 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
4702 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
4703 --allow_keys;
|
|
4704 #endif
|
|
4705 if (nc)
|
|
4706 vungetc(nc);
|
|
4707 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
4708 return cc;
|
|
4709 }
|
|
4710
|
|
4711 /*
|
|
4712 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
4713 */
|
|
4714 static void
|
|
4715 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
4716 int c;
|
|
4717 int allow_modmask;
|
|
4718 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
4719 {
|
|
4720 char_u *p;
|
|
4721 int len;
|
|
4722
|
|
4723 /*
|
|
4724 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
4725 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
4726 * mode.
|
|
4727 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
4728 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
4729 */
|
|
4730 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
4731 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
4732 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
4733 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
4734 #endif
|
|
4735 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
4736 {
|
|
4737 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
4738 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
4739 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
4740 if (len > 2)
|
|
4741 {
|
|
4742 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
4743 return;
|
|
4744 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
4745 ins_str(p);
|
620
|
4746 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
7
|
4747 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
4748 }
|
|
4749 }
|
|
4750 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
4751 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
4752 }
|
|
4753
|
|
4754 /*
|
|
4755 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
4756 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
4757 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
4758 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
4759 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
4760 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
4761 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
4762 */
|
|
4763 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
4764 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
4765 #else
|
|
4766 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
4767 #endif
|
|
4768
|
|
4769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4770 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
4771 #else
|
|
4772 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
4773 #endif
|
|
4774
|
|
4775 void
|
|
4776 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
4777 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
4778 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
4779 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
4780 {
|
|
4781 int textwidth;
|
|
4782 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4783 char_u *p;
|
667
|
4784 #endif
|
7
|
4785 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
4786
|
|
4787 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
4788 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
4789
|
|
4790 /*
|
|
4791 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
4792 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
4793 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
4794 * ends in white space.
|
|
4795 * - Otherwise:
|
|
4796 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
4797 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
4798 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
4799 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
4800 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
4801 * before the insert.
|
|
4802 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
4803 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
4804 */
|
667
|
4805 if (textwidth > 0
|
7
|
4806 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4807 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
4808 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4809 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4810 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4811 #endif
|
|
4812 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
4813 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
4814 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
4815 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4816 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
4817 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
4818 ))))))
|
|
4819 {
|
667
|
4820 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
4821 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
4822 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
4823 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex == NUL
|
|
4824 || fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L) != 0)
|
|
4825 #endif
|
|
4826 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
4827 }
|
|
4828
|
7
|
4829 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
4830 return;
|
|
4831
|
|
4832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4833 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
4834 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
4835 {
|
|
4836 char_u *line;
|
|
4837 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
4838 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
4839 int i;
|
|
4840
|
|
4841 /*
|
|
4842 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
4843 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
4844 */
|
|
4845 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
4846 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
4847 {
|
|
4848 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
4849 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
4850 ++p;
|
|
4851 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
4852 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
4853 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
4854 --middle_len;
|
|
4855
|
|
4856 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
4857 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
4858 ++p;
|
|
4859 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
4860
|
|
4861 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
4862 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4863 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
4864 ;
|
|
4865 i++;
|
|
4866
|
|
4867 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
4868 i -= middle_len;
|
|
4869
|
|
4870 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
4871 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
4872 {
|
|
4873 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
4874 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
4875
|
|
4876 /*
|
|
4877 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
4878 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
4879 */
|
|
4880 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
4881 }
|
|
4882 }
|
|
4883 }
|
|
4884 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
4885 #endif
|
|
4886
|
|
4887 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4888 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4889 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4890 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4891 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4892 #endif
|
|
4893
|
|
4894 /*
|
|
4895 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
4896 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
4897 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
4898 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
4899 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
4900 */
|
|
4901 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
4902 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
4903 #endif
|
|
4904
|
|
4905 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
4906 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4907 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
4908 #endif
|
|
4909 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
4910 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4911 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
4912 && !cindent_on()
|
|
4913 #endif
|
|
4914 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
4915 && !p_ri
|
|
4916 #endif
|
|
4917 )
|
|
4918 {
|
|
4919 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
4920 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
4921 int i;
|
|
4922 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
4923
|
|
4924 buf[0] = c;
|
|
4925 i = 1;
|
667
|
4926 if (textwidth > 0)
|
7
|
4927 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
4928 /*
|
|
4929 * Stop the string when:
|
|
4930 * - no more chars available
|
|
4931 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
4932 * - buffer is full
|
|
4933 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
4934 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
4935 */
|
|
4936 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
4937 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
4938 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4939 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
4940 #endif
|
|
4941 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
4942 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
4943 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4944 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
4945 {
|
|
4946 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
4947 c = vgetc();
|
|
4948 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
4949 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
4950 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
4951 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
4952 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
4953 # endif
|
|
4954 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
4955 #else
|
|
4956 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
4957 #endif
|
|
4958 }
|
|
4959
|
|
4960 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
4961 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
4962 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
4963 #endif
|
|
4964 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
4965 ins_str(buf);
|
|
4966 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
4967 {
|
|
4968 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
4969 i = 1;
|
|
4970 }
|
|
4971 else
|
|
4972 i = 0;
|
|
4973 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
620
|
4974 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
7
|
4975 }
|
|
4976 else
|
|
4977 {
|
|
4978 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
667
|
4979 int cc;
|
|
4980
|
7
|
4981 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
4982 {
|
|
4983 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
4984
|
|
4985 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
4986 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
4987 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
4988 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4989 }
|
|
4990 else
|
|
4991 #endif
|
|
4992 {
|
|
4993 ins_char(c);
|
|
4994 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
4995 redo_literal(c);
|
|
4996 else
|
|
4997 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4998 }
|
|
4999 }
|
|
5000 }
|
|
5001
|
|
5002 /*
|
667
|
5003 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
5004 */
|
|
5005 static void
|
|
5006 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
5007 int textwidth;
|
|
5008 int second_indent;
|
|
5009 int flags;
|
|
5010 int format_only;
|
|
5011 {
|
|
5012 int cc;
|
|
5013 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
5014 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
5015 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
5016 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5017 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
5018 #endif
|
|
5019 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
5020 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
5021 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5022 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
5023 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
5024 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
5025 #endif
|
|
5026
|
|
5027 /*
|
|
5028 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
5029 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
5030 */
|
|
5031 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
5032 {
|
|
5033 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5034 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5035 {
|
|
5036 save_char = cc;
|
|
5037 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
5038 }
|
|
5039 }
|
|
5040
|
|
5041 /*
|
|
5042 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
5043 */
|
|
5044 while (!got_int)
|
|
5045 {
|
|
5046 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
5047 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
5048 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
5049 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
5050 colnr_T len;
|
|
5051 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
5052 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5053 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
5054 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
5055 #endif
|
|
5056 colnr_T col;
|
|
5057
|
|
5058 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
5059 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
5060 break;
|
|
5061
|
|
5062 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5063 if (no_leader)
|
|
5064 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
5065 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
5066 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
5067 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
5068
|
|
5069 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
5070 if (do_comments)
|
|
5071 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
5072 else
|
|
5073 leader_len = 0;
|
|
5074
|
|
5075 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
5076 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
5077 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
5078 * to start with %. */
|
|
5079 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
5080 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
5081 #endif
|
|
5082 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
5083 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5084 && leader_len == 0
|
|
5085 #endif
|
|
5086 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
5087
|
|
5088 {
|
|
5089 textwidth = 0;
|
|
5090 break;
|
|
5091 }
|
|
5092 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
5093 break;
|
|
5094
|
|
5095 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
5096 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
5097 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5098
|
|
5099 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
5100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5101 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
5102 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5103 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
5104 #endif
|
|
5105 foundcol = 0;
|
|
5106
|
|
5107 /*
|
|
5108 * Find position to break at.
|
|
5109 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
5110 */
|
|
5111 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
5112 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
5113 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
5114 {
|
|
5115 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5116 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5117 {
|
|
5118 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
5119 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5120
|
|
5121 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
5122 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5123 {
|
|
5124 dec_cursor();
|
|
5125 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5126 }
|
|
5127 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5128 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
5129 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5130 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
5131 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
5132 break;
|
|
5133 #endif
|
|
5134 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
5135 {
|
|
5136 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
5137 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5138 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
5139
|
|
5140 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5141 dec_cursor();
|
|
5142 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5143
|
|
5144 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5145 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
5146 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
5147 }
|
|
5148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5149 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5150 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
5151 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
5152 else
|
|
5153 #endif
|
|
5154 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
5155 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
5156 break;
|
|
5157 }
|
|
5158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5159 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
5160 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
5161 {
|
|
5162 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
5163 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5164 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
5165 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
5166 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
5167 break;
|
|
5168 }
|
|
5169 #endif
|
|
5170 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5171 break;
|
|
5172 dec_cursor();
|
|
5173 }
|
|
5174
|
|
5175 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
5176 {
|
|
5177 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
5178 break;
|
|
5179 }
|
|
5180
|
|
5181 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
5182 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
5183
|
|
5184 /*
|
|
5185 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
5186 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
5187 * over the text instead.
|
|
5188 */
|
|
5189 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5190 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5191 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
5192 else
|
|
5193 #endif
|
|
5194 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
5195
|
|
5196 /*
|
|
5197 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
5198 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
5199 */
|
|
5200 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
5201 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
5202 inc_cursor();
|
|
5203 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5204 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
5205 startcol = 0;
|
|
5206
|
|
5207 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5208 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5209 {
|
|
5210 /*
|
|
5211 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
5212 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
5213 */
|
|
5214 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
5215 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
5216 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
5217 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
5218 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
5219
|
|
5220 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
5221 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
5222 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
5223 }
|
|
5224 else
|
|
5225 #endif
|
|
5226 {
|
|
5227 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
5228 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
5229 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
5230 }
|
|
5231
|
|
5232 /*
|
|
5233 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
5234 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
5235 */
|
|
5236 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
5237 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
5238 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5239 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
5240 #endif
|
|
5241 , old_indent);
|
|
5242 old_indent = 0;
|
|
5243
|
|
5244 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
5245 if (first_line)
|
|
5246 {
|
|
5247 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
5248 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
5249 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
5250 {
|
|
5251 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5252 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5253 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
5254 else
|
|
5255 #endif
|
|
5256 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
5257 }
|
|
5258 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
5259 }
|
|
5260
|
|
5261 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5262 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5263 {
|
|
5264 /*
|
|
5265 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
5266 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
5267 */
|
|
5268 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
5269 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
5270 }
|
|
5271 else
|
|
5272 #endif
|
|
5273 {
|
|
5274 /*
|
|
5275 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
5276 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
5277 */
|
|
5278 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
5279 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5280 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
5281 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
5282 }
|
|
5283
|
|
5284 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
5285 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5286 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
5287 #endif
|
|
5288 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
5289 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
5290 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
5291 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
5292 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
5293 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
5294 #endif
|
|
5295 line_breakcheck();
|
|
5296 }
|
|
5297
|
|
5298 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
5299 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
5300
|
|
5301 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
5302 {
|
|
5303 update_topline();
|
|
5304 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
5305 }
|
|
5306 }
|
|
5307
|
|
5308 /*
|
7
|
5309 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
5310 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
5311 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
5312 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
5313 * saved here.
|
|
5314 */
|
|
5315 void
|
|
5316 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
5317 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
5318 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
5319 {
|
|
5320 pos_T pos;
|
|
5321 colnr_T len;
|
|
5322 char_u *old;
|
|
5323 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
5324 int wasatend;
|
301
|
5325 int cc;
|
7
|
5326
|
|
5327 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
5328 return;
|
|
5329
|
|
5330 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5331 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5332
|
|
5333 /* may remove added space */
|
|
5334 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
5335
|
|
5336 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
5337 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
5338 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
5339 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
5340 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
5341 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
5342 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
5343 {
|
|
5344 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
5345 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5346 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
5347 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
7
|
5348 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
5349 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5350 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
5351 {
|
|
5352 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
5353 return;
|
|
5354 }
|
|
5355 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
5356 }
|
|
5357
|
|
5358 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
5359 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
5360 * comments. */
|
|
5361 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
5362 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
5363 return;
|
|
5364 #endif
|
|
5365
|
|
5366 /*
|
|
5367 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
5368 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
5369 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
5370 */
|
|
5371 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
5372 {
|
|
5373 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
5374 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
5375 return;
|
|
5376 }
|
|
5377
|
|
5378 /*
|
|
5379 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
5380 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
5381 */
|
|
5382 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
5383 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
5384 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
5385 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
5386
|
|
5387 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5388 {
|
|
5389 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
5390 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5391 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
5392 }
|
|
5393 else
|
|
5394 check_cursor_col();
|
|
5395
|
|
5396 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
5397 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
5398 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
5399 * formatted. */
|
|
5400 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
5401 {
|
|
5402 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
5403 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
5404 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
5405 {
|
|
5406 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
5407 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
5408 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
5409 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
5410 /* remove the space later */
|
|
5411 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
5412 }
|
|
5413 else
|
|
5414 /* may remove added space */
|
|
5415 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
5416 }
|
|
5417
|
|
5418 check_cursor();
|
|
5419 }
|
|
5420
|
|
5421 /*
|
|
5422 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
5423 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
5424 * position.
|
|
5425 */
|
|
5426 static void
|
|
5427 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
5428 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
5429 {
|
|
5430 int c = ' ';
|
301
|
5431 int cc;
|
7
|
5432
|
|
5433 if (did_add_space)
|
|
5434 {
|
301
|
5435 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5436 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
5437 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
5438 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
5439 else
|
|
5440 {
|
|
5441 if (!end_insert)
|
|
5442 {
|
|
5443 inc_cursor();
|
|
5444 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5445 dec_cursor();
|
|
5446 }
|
|
5447 if (c != NUL)
|
|
5448 {
|
|
5449 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
5450 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5451 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
5452 }
|
|
5453 }
|
|
5454 }
|
|
5455 }
|
|
5456
|
|
5457 /*
|
|
5458 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
5459 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
5460 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
5461 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
5462 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
5463 */
|
|
5464 int
|
|
5465 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
5466 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
5467 {
|
|
5468 int textwidth;
|
|
5469
|
|
5470 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
5471 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
5472 {
|
|
5473 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
5474 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
5475 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
5476 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
5477 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
5478 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
5479 #endif
|
|
5480 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5481 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
5482 #endif
|
|
5483 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
5484 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
5485 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
5486 || usingNetbeans
|
|
5487 # endif
|
|
5488 )
|
|
5489 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
5490 #endif
|
|
5491 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
5492 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
5493 }
|
|
5494 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
5495 textwidth = 0;
|
|
5496 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
5497 {
|
|
5498 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
5499 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
5500 textwidth = 79;
|
|
5501 }
|
|
5502 return textwidth;
|
|
5503 }
|
|
5504
|
|
5505 /*
|
|
5506 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
5507 */
|
|
5508 static void
|
|
5509 redo_literal(c)
|
|
5510 int c;
|
|
5511 {
|
|
5512 char_u buf[10];
|
|
5513
|
|
5514 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
5515 * three digits. */
|
|
5516 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
5517 {
|
|
5518 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
5519 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
5520 }
|
|
5521 else
|
|
5522 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
5523 }
|
|
5524
|
|
5525 /*
|
|
5526 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
484
|
5527 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
7
|
5528 */
|
|
5529 static void
|
|
5530 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
5531 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
5532 {
|
|
5533 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
5534 {
|
|
5535 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
5536 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
5537 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
5538 }
|
221
|
5539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
5540 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
5541 #endif
|
7
|
5542 }
|
|
5543
|
221
|
5544 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
5545 /*
|
|
5546 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
5547 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
5548 */
|
|
5549 static void
|
|
5550 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
5551 {
|
|
5552 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
5553 {
|
|
5554 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
5555
|
|
5556 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
5557 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
5558 }
|
|
5559 }
|
484
|
5560
|
|
5561 /*
|
|
5562 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
5563 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
5564 */
|
|
5565 static void
|
|
5566 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
5567 {
|
|
5568 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5569
|
499
|
5570 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
484
|
5571 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
5572 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
5573 }
|
221
|
5574 #endif
|
|
5575
|
7
|
5576 /*
|
|
5577 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
5578 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
5579 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
5580 */
|
|
5581 int
|
|
5582 stop_arrow()
|
|
5583 {
|
|
5584 if (arrow_used)
|
|
5585 {
|
|
5586 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
5587 {
|
|
5588 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
5589 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
5590 }
|
|
5591 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
5592 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5593 ai_col = 0;
|
|
5594 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5595 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5596 {
|
|
5597 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5598 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
5599 }
|
|
5600 #endif
|
|
5601 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
5602 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
613
|
5603 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
7
|
5604 }
|
|
5605 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
5606 {
|
|
5607 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
5608 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
5609 }
|
|
5610
|
|
5611 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5612 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
5613 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
5614 #endif
|
|
5615
|
|
5616 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
5617 }
|
|
5618
|
|
5619 /*
|
|
5620 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
5621 */
|
|
5622 static void
|
|
5623 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
603
|
5624 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
5625 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
7
|
5626 {
|
603
|
5627 int cc;
|
|
5628 char_u *ptr;
|
7
|
5629
|
|
5630 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
5631 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
5632
|
|
5633 /*
|
603
|
5634 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
5635 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
5636 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
7
|
5637 */
|
603
|
5638 ptr = get_inserted();
|
615
|
5639 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
5640 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
603
|
5641 {
|
|
5642 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5643 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
5644 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
5645 }
|
|
5646 else
|
|
5647 vim_free(ptr);
|
7
|
5648
|
|
5649 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
5650 {
|
|
5651 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
5652 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
5653 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
5654 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
10
|
5655 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
7
|
5656 {
|
10
|
5657 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5658
|
7
|
5659 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
5660 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
5661 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
5662 cc = 'x';
|
|
5663 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
5664 {
|
|
5665 dec_cursor();
|
|
5666 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5667 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
10
|
5668 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
7
|
5669 }
|
|
5670
|
|
5671 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
5672
|
10
|
5673 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5674 {
|
|
5675 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
5676 inc_cursor();
|
|
5677 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5678 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
5679 * the "coladd". */
|
|
5680 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
5681 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
5682 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
5683 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
5684 #endif
|
|
5685 }
|
7
|
5686 }
|
|
5687
|
|
5688 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
5689 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
5690
|
|
5691 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
10
|
5692 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
5693 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
5694 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
5695 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
7
|
5696 {
|
10
|
5697 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5698
|
|
5699 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
7
|
5700 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
5701 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5702 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5703 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
10
|
5704 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
5705 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
5706 else if (cc != NUL)
|
7
|
5707 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
5708
|
|
5709 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
5710 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
5711 * deleted characters. */
|
|
5712 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
5713 {
|
|
5714 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5715 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
5716 {
|
|
5717 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
5718 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5719 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
5720 # endif
|
|
5721 }
|
|
5722 }
|
|
5723 #endif
|
|
5724 }
|
|
5725 }
|
|
5726 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
5727 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
5728 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
5729 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
5730 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
5731 #endif
|
|
5732
|
|
5733 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
5734 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
5735 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
5736 }
|
|
5737
|
|
5738 /*
|
|
5739 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
5740 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
5741 */
|
|
5742 void
|
|
5743 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
5744 int c;
|
|
5745 {
|
|
5746 char_u *s;
|
|
5747
|
|
5748 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5749 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5750 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
5751 #else
|
|
5752 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
5753 #endif
|
|
5754 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
5755 {
|
|
5756 s = last_insert;
|
|
5757 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
5758 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
5759 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
5760 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
5761 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
5762 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
5763 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
5764 }
|
|
5765 }
|
|
5766
|
359
|
5767 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
5768 void
|
|
5769 free_last_insert()
|
|
5770 {
|
|
5771 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5772 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
5773 }
|
|
5774 #endif
|
|
5775
|
7
|
5776 /*
|
|
5777 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
5778 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
5779 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
5780 */
|
|
5781 char_u *
|
|
5782 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
5783 int c;
|
|
5784 char_u *s;
|
|
5785 {
|
|
5786 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5787 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
5788 int i;
|
|
5789 int len;
|
|
5790
|
|
5791 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
5792 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
5793 {
|
|
5794 c = temp[i];
|
|
5795 #endif
|
|
5796 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
5797 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
5798 {
|
|
5799 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
5800 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
5801 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
5802 }
|
|
5803 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
5804 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
5805 {
|
|
5806 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
5807 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
5808 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
5809 }
|
|
5810 #endif
|
|
5811 else
|
|
5812 *s++ = c;
|
|
5813 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5814 }
|
|
5815 #endif
|
|
5816 return s;
|
|
5817 }
|
|
5818
|
|
5819 /*
|
|
5820 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
5821 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
5822 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
5823 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
5824 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
5825 */
|
|
5826 void
|
|
5827 beginline(flags)
|
|
5828 int flags;
|
|
5829 {
|
|
5830 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
5831 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5832 else
|
|
5833 {
|
|
5834 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
5835 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5836 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
5837 #endif
|
|
5838
|
|
5839 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
5840 {
|
|
5841 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5842
|
|
5843 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
5844 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
5845 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5846 }
|
|
5847 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5848 }
|
|
5849 }
|
|
5850
|
|
5851 /*
|
|
5852 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
5853 *
|
|
5854 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
5855 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
5856 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
5857 */
|
|
5858
|
|
5859 int
|
|
5860 oneright()
|
|
5861 {
|
|
5862 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5864 int l;
|
|
5865 #endif
|
|
5866
|
|
5867 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5868 if (virtual_active())
|
|
5869 {
|
|
5870 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5871
|
|
5872 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
5873 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5874 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
5875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5876 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
5877 #else
|
|
5878 *ptr
|
|
5879 #endif
|
|
5880 ))
|
|
5881 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
5882 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5883 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
5884 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
5885 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
5886 }
|
|
5887 #endif
|
|
5888
|
|
5889 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
5891 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
7
|
5892 {
|
|
5893 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
5894 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
5895 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
5896 return FAIL;
|
|
5897 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
5898 }
|
|
5899 else
|
|
5900 #endif
|
|
5901 {
|
|
5902 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
5903 return FAIL;
|
|
5904 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5905 }
|
|
5906
|
|
5907 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5908 return OK;
|
|
5909 }
|
|
5910
|
|
5911 int
|
|
5912 oneleft()
|
|
5913 {
|
|
5914 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5915 if (virtual_active())
|
|
5916 {
|
|
5917 int width;
|
|
5918 int v = getviscol();
|
|
5919
|
|
5920 if (v == 0)
|
|
5921 return FAIL;
|
|
5922
|
|
5923 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
5924 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
5925 width = 1;
|
|
5926 for (;;)
|
|
5927 {
|
|
5928 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
5929 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
5930 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
5931 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
5932 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5933 && !has_mbyte
|
|
5934 # endif
|
|
5935 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
5936 break;
|
|
5937 ++width;
|
|
5938 }
|
|
5939 # else
|
|
5940 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
5941 # endif
|
|
5942
|
|
5943 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
5944 {
|
|
5945 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5946
|
|
5947 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
5948 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5949 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
5950 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5951 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
5952 # else
|
|
5953 *ptr
|
|
5954 # endif
|
|
5955 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
5956 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
5957 }
|
|
5958
|
|
5959 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5960 return OK;
|
|
5961 }
|
|
5962 #endif
|
|
5963
|
|
5964 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5965 return FAIL;
|
|
5966
|
|
5967 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5968 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5969
|
|
5970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5971 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
5972 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
5973 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5974 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
5975 #endif
|
|
5976 return OK;
|
|
5977 }
|
|
5978
|
|
5979 int
|
|
5980 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
5981 long n;
|
|
5982 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
5983 {
|
|
5984 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
5985
|
|
5986 if (n > 0)
|
|
5987 {
|
|
5988 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
161
|
5989 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
5990 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
5991 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
5992 return FAIL;
|
|
5993 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
5994 lnum = 1;
|
|
5995 else
|
|
5996 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5997 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
5998 {
|
|
5999 /*
|
|
6000 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
6001 */
|
|
6002 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
6003 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
6004
|
|
6005 while (n--)
|
|
6006 {
|
|
6007 /* move up one line */
|
|
6008 --lnum;
|
|
6009 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
6010 break;
|
|
6011 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
6012 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
6013 * in a moment. */
|
|
6014 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
6015 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
6016 }
|
|
6017 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
6018 lnum = 1;
|
|
6019 }
|
|
6020 else
|
|
6021 #endif
|
|
6022 lnum -= n;
|
|
6023 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
6024 }
|
|
6025
|
|
6026 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
6027 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
6028
|
|
6029 if (upd_topline)
|
|
6030 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
6031
|
|
6032 return OK;
|
|
6033 }
|
|
6034
|
|
6035 /*
|
|
6036 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
6037 */
|
|
6038 int
|
|
6039 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
6040 long n;
|
|
6041 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
6042 {
|
|
6043 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
6044
|
|
6045 if (n > 0)
|
|
6046 {
|
|
6047 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
6048 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
6049 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
6050 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
6051 #endif
|
161
|
6052 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
6053 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
6054 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
6055 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
6056 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
6057 return FAIL;
|
|
6058 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
6059 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
6060 else
|
|
6061 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
6062 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
6063 {
|
|
6064 linenr_T last;
|
|
6065
|
|
6066 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
6067 while (n--)
|
|
6068 {
|
|
6069 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
6070 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
6071 else
|
|
6072 ++lnum;
|
|
6073 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
6074 break;
|
|
6075 }
|
|
6076 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
6077 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
6078 }
|
|
6079 else
|
|
6080 #endif
|
|
6081 lnum += n;
|
|
6082 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
6083 }
|
|
6084
|
|
6085 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
6086 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
6087
|
|
6088 if (upd_topline)
|
|
6089 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
6090
|
|
6091 return OK;
|
|
6092 }
|
|
6093
|
|
6094 /*
|
|
6095 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
6096 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
6097 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
6098 */
|
|
6099 int
|
|
6100 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
6101 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
6102 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
6103 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
6104 {
|
|
6105 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
6106 char_u *ptr;
|
|
6107 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
6108 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
6109
|
|
6110 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
6111 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
6112 {
|
|
6113 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
6114 return FAIL;
|
|
6115 }
|
|
6116
|
|
6117 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
6118 if (c != NUL)
|
|
6119 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
6120 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
6121 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
6122
|
|
6123 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
6124 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
6125 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
6126 */
|
|
6127 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
6128 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
6129 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
6130 {
|
|
6131 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
6132 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
6133 }
|
|
6134
|
|
6135 do
|
|
6136 {
|
|
6137 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
6138 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
6139 if (last)
|
|
6140 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
6141 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
6142 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
6143 }
|
|
6144 while (--count > 0);
|
|
6145
|
|
6146 if (last)
|
|
6147 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
6148
|
|
6149 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
6150 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
6151
|
|
6152 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
6153 if (!no_esc)
|
|
6154 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
6155
|
|
6156 return OK;
|
|
6157 }
|
|
6158
|
|
6159 char_u *
|
|
6160 get_last_insert()
|
|
6161 {
|
|
6162 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
6163 return NULL;
|
|
6164 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
6165 }
|
|
6166
|
|
6167 /*
|
|
6168 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
6169 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
6170 */
|
|
6171 char_u *
|
|
6172 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
6173 {
|
|
6174 char_u *s;
|
|
6175 int len;
|
|
6176
|
|
6177 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
6178 return NULL;
|
|
6179 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
6180 if (s != NULL)
|
|
6181 {
|
|
6182 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
6183 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
6184 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
6185 }
|
|
6186 return s;
|
|
6187 }
|
|
6188
|
|
6189 /*
|
|
6190 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
6191 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
6192 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
6193 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
6194 */
|
|
6195 static int
|
|
6196 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
6197 int c;
|
|
6198 {
|
|
6199 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
6200 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
6201 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
6202 return FALSE;
|
|
6203
|
|
6204 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
6205 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
6206 }
|
|
6207
|
|
6208 /*
|
|
6209 * replace-stack functions
|
|
6210 *
|
|
6211 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
6212 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
6213 *
|
|
6214 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
6215 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
6216 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
6217 *
|
|
6218 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
6219 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
6220 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
6221 *
|
|
6222 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
6223 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
6224 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
6225 */
|
|
6226
|
298
|
6227 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
6228 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
6229 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
7
|
6230
|
|
6231 void
|
|
6232 replace_push(c)
|
|
6233 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
6234 {
|
|
6235 char_u *p;
|
|
6236
|
|
6237 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
6238 return;
|
|
6239 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
6240 {
|
|
6241 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
6242 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
6243 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
6244 {
|
|
6245 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
6246 return;
|
|
6247 }
|
|
6248 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
6249 {
|
|
6250 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
6251 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
6252 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
6253 }
|
|
6254 replace_stack = p;
|
|
6255 }
|
|
6256 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
6257 if (replace_offset)
|
|
6258 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
6259 *p = c;
|
|
6260 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6261 }
|
|
6262
|
|
6263 /*
|
|
6264 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
6265 */
|
|
6266 static void
|
|
6267 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
6268 int c;
|
|
6269 {
|
|
6270 char_u *p;
|
|
6271
|
|
6272 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6273 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6274 ++replace_offset)
|
|
6275 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
6276 break;
|
|
6277 replace_push(c);
|
|
6278 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
6279 }
|
|
6280
|
|
6281 /*
|
|
6282 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
6283 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
6284 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
6285 */
|
|
6286 static int
|
|
6287 replace_pop()
|
|
6288 {
|
|
6289 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
6290 return -1;
|
|
6291 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
6292 }
|
|
6293
|
|
6294 /*
|
|
6295 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
6296 * encountered.
|
|
6297 */
|
|
6298 static void
|
|
6299 replace_join(off)
|
|
6300 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
6301 {
|
|
6302 int i;
|
|
6303
|
|
6304 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
6305 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
6306 {
|
|
6307 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
6308 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
6309 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
6310 return;
|
|
6311 }
|
|
6312 }
|
|
6313
|
|
6314 /*
|
|
6315 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
6316 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
6317 */
|
|
6318 static void
|
|
6319 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
6320 {
|
|
6321 int cc;
|
|
6322 int oldState = State;
|
|
6323
|
|
6324 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
6325 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
6326 {
|
|
6327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6328 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
6329 #else
|
|
6330 ins_char(cc);
|
|
6331 #endif
|
|
6332 dec_cursor();
|
|
6333 }
|
|
6334 State = oldState;
|
|
6335 }
|
|
6336
|
|
6337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6338 /*
|
|
6339 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
6340 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
6341 */
|
|
6342 static void
|
|
6343 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
6344 int cc;
|
|
6345 {
|
|
6346 int n;
|
|
6347 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
6348 int i;
|
|
6349 int c;
|
|
6350
|
|
6351 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
6352 {
|
|
6353 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
6354 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
6355 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
6356 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
6357 }
|
|
6358 else
|
|
6359 ins_char(cc);
|
|
6360
|
|
6361 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
6362 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
6363 for (;;)
|
|
6364 {
|
|
6365 c = replace_pop();
|
|
6366 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
6367 break;
|
|
6368 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
6369 {
|
|
6370 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
6371 replace_push(c);
|
|
6372 break;
|
|
6373 }
|
|
6374 else
|
|
6375 {
|
|
6376 buf[0] = c;
|
|
6377 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
6378 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
6379 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
6380 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
6381 else
|
|
6382 {
|
|
6383 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
6384 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
6385 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
6386 break;
|
|
6387 }
|
|
6388 }
|
|
6389 }
|
|
6390 }
|
|
6391 #endif
|
|
6392
|
|
6393 /*
|
|
6394 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
6395 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
6396 */
|
|
6397 static void
|
|
6398 replace_flush()
|
|
6399 {
|
|
6400 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
6401 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
6402 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
6403 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
6404 }
|
|
6405
|
|
6406 /*
|
|
6407 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
6408 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
6409 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
6410 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
6411 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
6412 */
|
|
6413 static void
|
|
6414 replace_do_bs()
|
|
6415 {
|
|
6416 int cc;
|
|
6417 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6418 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
6419 int ins_len;
|
|
6420 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
6421 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
6422 char_u *p;
|
|
6423 int i;
|
|
6424 int vcol;
|
|
6425 #endif
|
|
6426
|
|
6427 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
6428 if (cc > 0)
|
|
6429 {
|
|
6430 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6431 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6432 {
|
|
6433 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
6434 * going to delete. */
|
|
6435 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
6436 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
6437 }
|
|
6438 #endif
|
|
6439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6440 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6441 {
|
|
6442 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6443 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6444 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6445 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
6446 # endif
|
|
6447 replace_push(cc);
|
|
6448 }
|
|
6449 else
|
|
6450 #endif
|
|
6451 {
|
|
6452 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
6453 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6454 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6455 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
6456 #endif
|
|
6457 }
|
|
6458 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
6459
|
|
6460 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6461 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6462 {
|
|
6463 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
6464 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
6465 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
6466 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
6467 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
6468 {
|
|
6469 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
6470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
6471 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
7
|
6472 #endif
|
|
6473 }
|
|
6474 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
6475
|
|
6476 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
6477 * text aligned. */
|
|
6478 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
6479 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
6480 {
|
|
6481 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6482 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
6483 }
|
|
6484 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
6485 }
|
|
6486 #endif
|
|
6487
|
|
6488 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
6489 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
6490 }
|
|
6491 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
6492 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
6493 }
|
|
6494
|
|
6495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6496 /*
|
|
6497 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
6498 */
|
|
6499 static int
|
|
6500 cindent_on()
|
|
6501 {
|
|
6502 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
6503 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6504 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
6505 # endif
|
|
6506 ));
|
|
6507 }
|
|
6508 #endif
|
|
6509
|
|
6510 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6511 /*
|
|
6512 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
6513 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
6514 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
6515 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
6516 */
|
|
6517
|
|
6518 void
|
|
6519 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
6520 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
6521 {
|
|
6522 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
6523 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
6524 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
6525 }
|
|
6526
|
|
6527 void
|
|
6528 fix_indent()
|
|
6529 {
|
|
6530 if (p_paste)
|
|
6531 return;
|
|
6532 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
6533 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
6534 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
6535 # endif
|
|
6536 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
6537 else
|
|
6538 # endif
|
|
6539 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6540 if (cindent_on())
|
|
6541 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
6542 # endif
|
|
6543 }
|
|
6544
|
|
6545 #endif
|
|
6546
|
|
6547 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6548 /*
|
|
6549 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
6550 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
6551 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
6552 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
6553 *
|
|
6554 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
6555 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
6556 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
6557 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
6558 *
|
|
6559 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
6560 */
|
|
6561 int
|
|
6562 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
6563 int keytyped;
|
|
6564 int when;
|
|
6565 int line_is_empty;
|
|
6566 {
|
|
6567 char_u *look;
|
|
6568 int try_match;
|
|
6569 int try_match_word;
|
|
6570 char_u *p;
|
|
6571 char_u *line;
|
|
6572 int icase;
|
|
6573 int i;
|
|
6574
|
|
6575 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6576 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
6577 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
6578 else
|
|
6579 #endif
|
|
6580 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
6581 while (*look)
|
|
6582 {
|
|
6583 /*
|
|
6584 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
6585 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
6586 */
|
|
6587 switch (when)
|
|
6588 {
|
|
6589 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
6590 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
6591 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
6592 }
|
|
6593 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
6594 ++look;
|
|
6595
|
|
6596 /*
|
|
6597 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
6598 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
6599 */
|
|
6600 if (*look == '0')
|
|
6601 {
|
|
6602 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
6603 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
6604 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
6605 ++look;
|
|
6606 }
|
|
6607 else
|
|
6608 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
6609
|
|
6610 /*
|
|
6611 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
6612 */
|
|
6613 if (*look == '^'
|
|
6614 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6615 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
6616 #else
|
|
6617 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
6618 #endif
|
|
6619 )
|
|
6620 {
|
|
6621 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
6622 return TRUE;
|
|
6623 look += 2;
|
|
6624 }
|
|
6625 /*
|
|
6626 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
6627 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
6628 */
|
|
6629 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
6630 {
|
|
6631 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
6632 return TRUE;
|
|
6633 ++look;
|
|
6634 }
|
|
6635 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
6636 {
|
|
6637 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
6638 return TRUE;
|
|
6639 ++look;
|
|
6640 }
|
|
6641
|
|
6642 /*
|
|
6643 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
6644 * cursor.
|
|
6645 */
|
|
6646 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
6647 {
|
|
6648 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
6649 {
|
|
6650 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6651 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
6652 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
6653 return TRUE;
|
|
6654 }
|
|
6655 ++look;
|
|
6656 }
|
|
6657
|
|
6658 /*
|
|
6659 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
6660 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
6661 * class::method for C++).
|
|
6662 */
|
|
6663 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
6664 {
|
|
6665 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
6666 {
|
|
6667 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6668 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
6669 return TRUE;
|
|
6670 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
6671 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
6672 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
6673 {
|
|
6674 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
6675 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
6676 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
6677 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6678 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
6679 if (i)
|
|
6680 return TRUE;
|
|
6681 }
|
|
6682 }
|
|
6683 ++look;
|
|
6684 }
|
|
6685
|
|
6686
|
|
6687 /*
|
|
6688 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
6689 */
|
|
6690 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
6691 {
|
|
6692 if (try_match)
|
|
6693 {
|
|
6694 /*
|
|
6695 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
6696 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
6697 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
6698 */
|
|
6699 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
6700 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
6701 return TRUE;
|
|
6702
|
|
6703 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
6704 return TRUE;
|
|
6705 }
|
|
6706 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
6707 look++;
|
|
6708 while (*look == '>')
|
|
6709 look++;
|
|
6710 }
|
|
6711
|
|
6712 /*
|
|
6713 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
6714 */
|
|
6715 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
6716 {
|
|
6717 ++look;
|
|
6718 if (*look == '~')
|
|
6719 {
|
|
6720 icase = TRUE;
|
|
6721 ++look;
|
|
6722 }
|
|
6723 else
|
|
6724 icase = FALSE;
|
|
6725 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
6726 if (p == NULL)
|
|
6727 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
6728 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
6729 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
6730 {
|
|
6731 int match = FALSE;
|
|
6732
|
|
6733 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
6734 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
6735 {
|
|
6736 char_u *s;
|
|
6737
|
|
6738 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
6739 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
6740 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6741 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6742 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6743 {
|
|
6744 char_u *n;
|
|
6745
|
|
6746 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
6747 {
|
|
6748 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
6749 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
6750 break;
|
|
6751 }
|
|
6752 }
|
|
6753 else
|
|
6754 # endif
|
|
6755 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
6756 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
6757 break;
|
|
6758 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
6759 && (icase
|
|
6760 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
6761 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
6762 match = TRUE;
|
|
6763 }
|
|
6764 else
|
|
6765 #endif
|
|
6766 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
6767 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
6768 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
6769 {
|
|
6770 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
6771 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
6772 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
6773 && (icase
|
|
6774 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
6775 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
6776 == 0)
|
|
6777 match = TRUE;
|
|
6778 }
|
|
6779 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
6780 {
|
|
6781 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
6782 * word. */
|
|
6783 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6784 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
6785 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
6786 match = FALSE;
|
|
6787 }
|
|
6788 if (match)
|
|
6789 return TRUE;
|
|
6790 }
|
|
6791 look = p;
|
|
6792 }
|
|
6793
|
|
6794 /*
|
|
6795 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
6796 */
|
|
6797 else
|
|
6798 {
|
|
6799 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
6800 return TRUE;
|
|
6801 ++look;
|
|
6802 }
|
|
6803
|
|
6804 /*
|
|
6805 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
6806 */
|
|
6807 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
6808 }
|
|
6809 return FALSE;
|
|
6810 }
|
|
6811 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
6812
|
|
6813 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6814 /*
|
|
6815 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
6816 */
|
|
6817 int
|
|
6818 hkmap(c)
|
|
6819 int c;
|
|
6820 {
|
|
6821 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
6822 {
|
|
6823 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
6824 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
6825 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
6826 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
6827 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
6828 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
6829 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
6830 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
6831 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
6832 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
6833 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
6834 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
6835 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
6836
|
|
6837 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
6838 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
6839 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
6840 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
6841 return 'X';
|
|
6842 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
6843 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
6844 else if (c == 246)
|
|
6845 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
6846 else if (c == 228)
|
|
6847 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
6848 else if (c == 252)
|
|
6849 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
6850 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6851 else if (islower(c))
|
|
6852 #else
|
|
6853 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
6854 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
6855 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
6856 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
6857 */
|
|
6858 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
6859 #endif
|
|
6860 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
6861 else
|
|
6862 return c;
|
|
6863 }
|
|
6864 else
|
|
6865 {
|
|
6866 switch (c)
|
|
6867 {
|
|
6868 case '`': return ';';
|
|
6869 case '/': return '.';
|
|
6870 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
6871 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
6872 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
6873
|
|
6874 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
6875 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
6876 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
6877 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
6878 default: {
|
|
6879 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
6880
|
|
6881 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6882 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
6883 if (!islower(c))
|
|
6884 #else
|
|
6885 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
6886 #endif
|
|
6887 return c;
|
|
6888 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
6889 break;
|
|
6890 }
|
|
6891 }
|
|
6892
|
|
6893 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
6894 }
|
|
6895 }
|
|
6896 #endif
|
|
6897
|
|
6898 static void
|
|
6899 ins_reg()
|
|
6900 {
|
|
6901 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6902 int regname;
|
|
6903 int literally = 0;
|
|
6904
|
|
6905 /*
|
|
6906 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
6907 */
|
|
6908 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
6909 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
6910 {
|
|
6911 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
6912 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
6913
|
|
6914 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
6915 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6916 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
6917 #endif
|
|
6918 }
|
|
6919
|
|
6920 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
6921 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
6922 #endif
|
|
6923
|
|
6924 /*
|
|
6925 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
6926 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
6927 */
|
|
6928 ++no_mapping;
|
|
6929 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6930 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
6931 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
6932 #endif
|
|
6933 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
6934 {
|
|
6935 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
6936 literally = regname;
|
|
6937 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6938 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
6939 #endif
|
|
6940 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6941 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
6942 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
6943 #endif
|
|
6944 }
|
|
6945 --no_mapping;
|
|
6946
|
|
6947 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6948 /*
|
|
6949 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
6950 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
6951 */
|
|
6952 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
6953 if (regname == '=')
|
|
6954 {
|
133
|
6955 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
6956 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
133
|
6957 # endif
|
7
|
6958 regname = get_expr_register();
|
133
|
6959 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
6960 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
6961 if (im_on)
|
|
6962 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
133
|
6963 # endif
|
7
|
6964 }
|
140
|
6965 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
6966 {
|
|
6967 vim_beep();
|
7
|
6968 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
140
|
6969 }
|
7
|
6970 else
|
|
6971 {
|
|
6972 #endif
|
|
6973 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
6974 {
|
|
6975 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
6976 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
6977 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
6978 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
6979
|
|
6980 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
6981 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
6982 }
|
|
6983 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
6984 {
|
|
6985 vim_beep();
|
|
6986 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
6987 }
|
133
|
6988 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
6989 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
6990 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
6991 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
6992 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
6993
|
7
|
6994 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6995 }
|
|
6996 --no_u_sync;
|
|
6997 #endif
|
|
6998 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6999 clear_showcmd();
|
|
7000 #endif
|
|
7001
|
|
7002 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
7003 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
7004 edit_unputchar();
|
|
7005 }
|
|
7006
|
|
7007 /*
|
|
7008 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
7009 */
|
|
7010 static void
|
|
7011 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
7012 {
|
|
7013 int c;
|
|
7014
|
|
7015 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
7016 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
7017 setcursor();
|
|
7018 #endif
|
|
7019
|
|
7020 /*
|
|
7021 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
7022 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
7023 */
|
|
7024 ++no_mapping;
|
|
7025 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
7026 --no_mapping;
|
|
7027 switch (c)
|
|
7028 {
|
|
7029 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
7030 case K_UP:
|
|
7031 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
7032 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
7033 break;
|
|
7034
|
|
7035 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
7036 case K_DOWN:
|
|
7037 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
7038 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
7039 break;
|
|
7040
|
|
7041 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
7042 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
7043 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
626
|
7044
|
|
7045 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
7046 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
7047 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
7
|
7048 break;
|
|
7049
|
|
7050 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
7051 default: vim_beep();
|
|
7052 }
|
|
7053 }
|
|
7054
|
|
7055 /*
|
449
|
7056 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
7057 */
|
|
7058 static void
|
|
7059 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
7060 {
|
|
7061 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
7062 {
|
|
7063 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
7064 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
7065 {
|
|
7066 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
7067 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
7068 }
|
|
7069 else
|
|
7070 {
|
|
7071 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
7072 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
7073 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7074 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
7075 #endif
|
|
7076 }
|
|
7077 }
|
|
7078 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7079 else
|
|
7080 {
|
|
7081 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
7082 if (im_get_status())
|
|
7083 {
|
|
7084 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
7085 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
7086 }
|
|
7087 else
|
|
7088 {
|
|
7089 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
7090 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
7091 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
7092 }
|
|
7093 }
|
|
7094 #endif
|
|
7095 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
7096 showmode();
|
|
7097 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7098 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
7099 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
7100 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
7101 #endif
|
|
7102 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
7103 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
7104 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
7105 #endif
|
|
7106 }
|
|
7107
|
|
7108 /*
|
7
|
7109 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
7110 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
7111 * insert.
|
|
7112 */
|
|
7113 static int
|
477
|
7114 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
7
|
7115 long *count;
|
|
7116 int cmdchar;
|
477
|
7117 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
7
|
7118 {
|
|
7119 int temp;
|
|
7120 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
7121
|
449
|
7122 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
7123 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
7124 #endif
|
7
|
7125 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
7126 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
7127 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
7128 # endif
|
|
7129 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
7130 {
|
|
7131 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
7132 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
7133 }
|
|
7134 #endif
|
|
7135
|
|
7136 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7137 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
7138 {
|
|
7139 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
7140 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
7141 }
|
|
7142 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
7143 {
|
|
7144 /*
|
|
7145 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
75
|
7146 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
7147 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
7
|
7148 */
|
|
7149 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
75
|
7150 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
7
|
7151
|
|
7152 /*
|
|
7153 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
7154 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
7155 */
|
|
7156 if (*count > 0)
|
|
7157 {
|
|
7158 line_breakcheck();
|
|
7159 if (got_int)
|
|
7160 *count = 0;
|
|
7161 }
|
|
7162
|
|
7163 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
7164 {
|
164
|
7165 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
7166 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
7167 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
7168
|
7
|
7169 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
7170 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
7171 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
7172 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
7173 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
7174 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
7175 }
|
|
7176 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
7177 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7178 }
|
|
7179
|
|
7180 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
7181 * indent */
|
|
7182 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
7183 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7184
|
|
7185 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
7186 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
7187 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7188
|
|
7189 /*
|
|
7190 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
477
|
7191 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
7
|
7192 */
|
477
|
7193 if (!nomove
|
|
7194 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
7
|
7195 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7196 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
7197 #endif
|
477
|
7198 )
|
|
7199 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
7200 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
7
|
7201 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
477
|
7202 && !VIsual_active
|
|
7203 #endif
|
|
7204 ))
|
7
|
7205 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7206 && !revins_on
|
|
7207 #endif
|
|
7208 )
|
|
7209 {
|
|
7210 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7211 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
7212 {
|
|
7213 oneleft();
|
|
7214 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
7215 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
7216 }
|
|
7217 else
|
|
7218 #endif
|
|
7219 {
|
|
7220 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7222 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
7223 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7224 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
7225 #endif
|
|
7226 }
|
|
7227 }
|
|
7228
|
|
7229 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7230 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
7231 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
7232 * well). */
|
|
7233 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
7234 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
7235 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
7236 #endif
|
|
7237
|
|
7238 State = NORMAL;
|
|
7239 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
7240 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
7241
|
|
7242 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
7243 setmouse();
|
|
7244 #endif
|
|
7245 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
7246 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
7247 #endif
|
|
7248
|
|
7249 /*
|
|
7250 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
7251 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
7252 */
|
|
7253 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
7254 showmode();
|
|
7255 else if (p_smd)
|
|
7256 MSG("");
|
|
7257
|
|
7258 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
7259 }
|
|
7260
|
|
7261 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7262 /*
|
|
7263 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
7264 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
7265 */
|
|
7266 static void
|
|
7267 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
7268 {
|
|
7269 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
7270 {
|
|
7271 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
7272 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7273 }
|
|
7274 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
7275 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
7276 if (revins_on)
|
|
7277 {
|
|
7278 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7279 revins_legal++;
|
|
7280 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
7281 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7282 }
|
|
7283 else
|
|
7284 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
7285 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
7286 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
7287 {
|
|
7288 /*
|
|
7289 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
7290 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
7291 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
7292 */
|
|
7293 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
7294 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
7295 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
7296 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
7297 State = INSERT;
|
|
7298 }
|
|
7299 else
|
|
7300 #endif
|
|
7301 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
7302 showmode();
|
|
7303 }
|
|
7304 #endif
|
|
7305
|
|
7306 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
7307 /*
|
|
7308 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
7309 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
7310 */
|
|
7311 static int
|
|
7312 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
7313 int c;
|
|
7314 {
|
|
7315 if (km_startsel)
|
|
7316 switch (c)
|
|
7317 {
|
|
7318 case K_KHOME:
|
|
7319 case K_KEND:
|
|
7320 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
7321 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
7322 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
7323 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
7324 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
7325 case K_LEFT:
|
|
7326 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
7327 case K_UP:
|
|
7328 case K_DOWN:
|
|
7329 case K_END:
|
|
7330 case K_HOME:
|
|
7331 # endif
|
|
7332 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
7333 break;
|
|
7334 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
7335 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
7336 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
7337 case K_S_UP:
|
|
7338 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
7339 case K_S_END:
|
|
7340 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
7341 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
7342 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
7343 start_selection();
|
|
7344
|
|
7345 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
7346 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
7347 if (mod_mask)
|
|
7348 {
|
|
7349 char_u buf[4];
|
|
7350
|
|
7351 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
7352 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
7353 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
7354 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
7355 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
7356 }
|
|
7357 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
7358 return TRUE;
|
|
7359 }
|
|
7360 return FALSE;
|
|
7361 }
|
|
7362 #endif
|
|
7363
|
|
7364 /*
|
449
|
7365 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
7366 */
|
|
7367 static void
|
|
7368 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
7369 int replaceState;
|
|
7370 {
|
|
7371 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
7372 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
7373 {
|
|
7374 beep_flush();
|
|
7375 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
7376 return;
|
|
7377 }
|
|
7378 #endif
|
|
7379
|
|
7380 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
532
|
7381 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
449
|
7382 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
7383 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
667
|
7384 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7385 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
7386 # endif
|
|
7387 "r"), 1);
|
532
|
7388 # endif
|
449
|
7389 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
7390 #endif
|
|
7391 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7392 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
7393 else
|
|
7394 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
7395 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
7396 showmode();
|
|
7397 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
7398 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
7399 #endif
|
|
7400 }
|
|
7401
|
|
7402 /*
|
|
7403 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
7404 */
|
|
7405 static void
|
|
7406 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
7407 {
|
|
7408 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7409 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7410 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
7411 else
|
|
7412 #endif
|
|
7413 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7414 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
7415 else
|
|
7416 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
7417 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7418 if (virtual_active())
|
|
7419 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
7420 else
|
|
7421 #endif
|
|
7422 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
7423 }
|
|
7424
|
|
7425 /*
|
7
|
7426 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
7427 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
7428 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
7429 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
7430 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
7431 */
|
|
7432 static void
|
|
7433 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
7434 int c;
|
|
7435 int lastc;
|
|
7436 {
|
|
7437 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7438 return;
|
|
7439 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
7440
|
|
7441 /*
|
|
7442 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
7443 */
|
|
7444 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
7445 {
|
|
7446 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7447 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
7448 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
7449 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7450 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
7451 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
7452 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
7453 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
7454 }
|
|
7455 else
|
|
7456 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
7457
|
|
7458 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
7459 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7460 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7461 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7462 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7463 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7464 #endif
|
|
7465 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7466 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
7467 #endif
|
|
7468 }
|
|
7469
|
|
7470 static void
|
|
7471 ins_del()
|
|
7472 {
|
|
7473 int temp;
|
|
7474
|
|
7475 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7476 return;
|
|
7477 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
7478 {
|
|
7479 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7480 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
7481 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
7482 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
7483 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
7484 vim_beep();
|
|
7485 else
|
|
7486 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7487 }
|
|
7488 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
7489 vim_beep();
|
|
7490 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7491 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7492 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7493 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7494 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7495 #endif
|
|
7496 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
7497 }
|
|
7498
|
|
7499 /*
|
|
7500 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
7501 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
7502 */
|
|
7503 static int
|
|
7504 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
7505 int c;
|
|
7506 int mode;
|
|
7507 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
7508 {
|
|
7509 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
7510 int cc;
|
|
7511 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
7512 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
7513 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
7514 int in_indent;
|
|
7515 int oldState;
|
|
7516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7517 int p1, p2;
|
|
7518 #endif
|
|
7519
|
|
7520 /*
|
|
7521 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
7522 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
7523 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
7524 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
7525 */
|
|
7526 if ( bufempty()
|
|
7527 || (
|
|
7528 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7529 !revins_on &&
|
|
7530 #endif
|
|
7531 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
7532 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
7533 && (arrow_used
|
|
7534 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7535 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
7536 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
7537 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
7538 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
7539 {
|
|
7540 vim_beep();
|
|
7541 return FALSE;
|
|
7542 }
|
|
7543
|
|
7544 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7545 return FALSE;
|
|
7546 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
7547 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7548 if (in_indent)
|
|
7549 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
7550 #endif
|
|
7551 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
7552 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
7553 #endif
|
|
7554 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7555 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
7556 inc_cursor();
|
|
7557 #endif
|
|
7558
|
|
7559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7560 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
7561 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
7562 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
7563 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
7564 */
|
|
7565 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
7566 {
|
|
7567 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
7568 {
|
|
7569 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
7570 return TRUE;
|
|
7571 }
|
|
7572 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
7573 {
|
|
7574 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7575 return TRUE;
|
|
7576 }
|
|
7577 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7578 }
|
|
7579 #endif
|
|
7580
|
|
7581 /*
|
|
7582 * delete newline!
|
|
7583 */
|
|
7584 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
7585 {
|
|
7586 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
7587 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7589 || revins_on
|
|
7590 #endif
|
|
7591 )
|
|
7592 {
|
|
7593 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
7594 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
7595 return FALSE;
|
|
7596 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
7597 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7598 }
|
|
7599 /*
|
|
7600 * In replace mode:
|
|
7601 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
7602 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
7603 */
|
|
7604 cc = -1;
|
|
7605 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7606 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
7607 /*
|
|
7608 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
7609 * cursor.
|
|
7610 */
|
|
7611 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
7612 {
|
|
7613 dec_cursor();
|
|
7614 }
|
|
7615 else
|
|
7616 {
|
|
7617 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7618 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7619 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
7620 #endif
|
|
7621 {
|
|
7622 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
7623 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
278
|
7624
|
|
7625 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
7626 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
7627 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
7628 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
7629 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
7630 {
|
|
7631 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
7632 TRUE);
|
|
7633 int len;
|
|
7634
|
|
7635 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
7636 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
7637 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
7638 }
|
|
7639
|
7
|
7640 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
7641 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
7642 inc_cursor();
|
|
7643 }
|
|
7644 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7645 else
|
|
7646 dec_cursor();
|
|
7647 #endif
|
|
7648
|
|
7649 /*
|
|
7650 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
7651 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
7652 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
7653 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
7654 */
|
|
7655 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7656 {
|
|
7657 /*
|
|
7658 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
7659 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
7660 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
7661 */
|
|
7662 oldState = State;
|
|
7663 State = NORMAL;
|
|
7664 /*
|
|
7665 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
7666 */
|
|
7667 while (cc > 0)
|
|
7668 {
|
|
7669 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7670 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7671 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
7672 #else
|
|
7673 ins_char(cc);
|
|
7674 #endif
|
|
7675 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7676 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
7677 }
|
|
7678 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
7679 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
7680 State = oldState;
|
|
7681 }
|
|
7682 }
|
|
7683 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7684 }
|
|
7685 else
|
|
7686 {
|
|
7687 /*
|
|
7688 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
7689 */
|
|
7690 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7691 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
7692 dec_cursor();
|
|
7693 #endif
|
|
7694 mincol = 0;
|
|
7695 /* keep indent */
|
|
7696 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
7697 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7698 && !revins_on
|
|
7699 #endif
|
|
7700 )
|
|
7701 {
|
|
7702 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7703 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
7704 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
7705 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7706 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7707 }
|
|
7708
|
|
7709 /*
|
|
7710 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
7711 */
|
|
7712 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
7713 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
648
|
7714 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
7
|
7715 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
7716 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
7717 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
7718 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
7719 {
|
|
7720 int ts;
|
|
7721 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
7722 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
7723 int extra = 0;
|
|
7724
|
|
7725 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
648
|
7726 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
7
|
7727 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
7728 else
|
|
7729 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
7730 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
7731 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
7732 * the previous character. */
|
|
7733 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7734 dec_cursor();
|
|
7735 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
7736 inc_cursor();
|
|
7737 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
7738
|
|
7739 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
7740 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
7741 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
7742 {
|
|
7743 dec_cursor();
|
|
7744 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7745 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7746 {
|
|
7747 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
7748 * Replace mode */
|
|
7749 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
7750 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
7751 {
|
|
7752 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
7753 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
7754 {
|
|
7755 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7756 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
7757 }
|
|
7758 else
|
|
7759 #endif
|
|
7760 replace_do_bs();
|
|
7761 }
|
|
7762 }
|
|
7763 else
|
|
7764 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7765 }
|
|
7766
|
|
7767 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
7768 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
7769 {
|
|
7770 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
7771 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7772 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7773 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7774
|
|
7775 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7776 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7777 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7778 else
|
|
7779 #endif
|
|
7780 {
|
|
7781 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
7782 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
7783 {
|
|
7784 if (extra)
|
|
7785 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
7786 else
|
|
7787 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7788 }
|
|
7789 if (extra == 2)
|
|
7790 extra = 1;
|
|
7791 }
|
|
7792 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7793 }
|
|
7794 }
|
|
7795
|
|
7796 /*
|
|
7797 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
7798 */
|
|
7799 else do
|
|
7800 {
|
|
7801 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7802 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
7803 #endif
|
|
7804 dec_cursor();
|
|
7805
|
|
7806 /* start of word? */
|
|
7807 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
7808 {
|
|
7809 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
7810 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
7811 }
|
|
7812 /* end of word? */
|
|
7813 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
7814 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
7815 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
7816 {
|
|
7817 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7818 if (!revins_on)
|
|
7819 #endif
|
|
7820 inc_cursor();
|
|
7821 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7822 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7823 dec_cursor();
|
|
7824 #endif
|
|
7825 break;
|
|
7826 }
|
|
7827 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7828 replace_do_bs();
|
|
7829 else
|
|
7830 {
|
|
7831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7832 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
7833 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
7834 #endif
|
|
7835 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7836 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7837 /*
|
|
7838 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
7839 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7840 * character.
|
|
7841 */
|
|
7842 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
7843 inc_cursor();
|
|
7844 #endif
|
|
7845 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7846 if (revins_chars)
|
|
7847 {
|
|
7848 revins_chars--;
|
|
7849 revins_legal++;
|
|
7850 }
|
|
7851 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7852 break;
|
|
7853 #endif
|
|
7854 }
|
|
7855 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
7856 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
7857 break;
|
|
7858 } while (
|
|
7859 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7860 revins_on ||
|
|
7861 #endif
|
|
7862 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
7863 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
7864 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
7865 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
7866 }
|
|
7867 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7868 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7869 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7870 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7871 #endif
|
|
7872 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
7873 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7874 /*
|
|
7875 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
7876 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
7877 * with.
|
|
7878 */
|
|
7879 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
7880
|
|
7881 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
7882 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7883 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7884 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7885
|
|
7886 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
7887 * was there remains visible
|
|
7888 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
7889 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
7890 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
7891 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
7892 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
7893 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
7894 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
7895
|
|
7896 return did_backspace;
|
|
7897 }
|
|
7898
|
|
7899 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
7900 static void
|
|
7901 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
7902 int c;
|
|
7903 {
|
|
7904 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7905
|
|
7906 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7907 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
7908 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
7909 # endif
|
|
7910 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
7911 return;
|
|
7912
|
|
7913 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7914 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7915 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
7916 {
|
|
7917 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7918 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7919 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7920 # endif
|
|
7921 }
|
|
7922
|
|
7923 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
7924 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
7925 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
7926 #endif
|
|
7927 }
|
|
7928
|
|
7929 static void
|
|
7930 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
7931 int up;
|
|
7932 {
|
|
7933 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7934 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7935 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
7936 # endif
|
|
7937
|
|
7938 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7939
|
|
7940 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7941 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7942
|
|
7943 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
7944 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
7945 {
|
|
7946 int row, col;
|
|
7947
|
|
7948 row = mouse_row;
|
|
7949 col = mouse_col;
|
|
7950
|
|
7951 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
7952 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
7953 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
7954 }
|
|
7955 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
7956 # endif
|
|
7957 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7958
|
|
7959 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
7960 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
7961 else
|
|
7962 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
7963
|
|
7964 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7965 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
7966
|
|
7967 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
7968 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
7969 # endif
|
|
7970
|
|
7971 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
7972 {
|
|
7973 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7974 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7975 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7976 # endif
|
|
7977 }
|
|
7978 }
|
|
7979 #endif
|
|
7980
|
|
7981 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7982 void
|
|
7983 ins_scroll()
|
|
7984 {
|
|
7985 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7986
|
|
7987 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7988 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7989 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
7990 {
|
|
7991 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7992 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7993 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7994 # endif
|
|
7995 }
|
|
7996 }
|
|
7997
|
|
7998 void
|
|
7999 ins_horscroll()
|
|
8000 {
|
|
8001 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8002
|
|
8003 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8004 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8005 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
8006 {
|
|
8007 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8008 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8009 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8010 # endif
|
|
8011 }
|
|
8012 }
|
|
8013 #endif
|
|
8014
|
|
8015 static void
|
|
8016 ins_left()
|
|
8017 {
|
|
8018 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8019
|
|
8020 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8021 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8022 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8023 #endif
|
|
8024 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8025 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8026 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
8027 {
|
|
8028 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8029 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8030 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
8031 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
8032 revins_legal++;
|
|
8033 revins_chars++;
|
|
8034 #endif
|
|
8035 }
|
|
8036
|
|
8037 /*
|
|
8038 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
8039 * previous line
|
|
8040 */
|
|
8041 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8042 {
|
|
8043 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8044 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
8045 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
8046 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
8047 }
|
|
8048 else
|
|
8049 vim_beep();
|
|
8050 }
|
|
8051
|
|
8052 static void
|
|
8053 ins_home(c)
|
|
8054 int c;
|
|
8055 {
|
|
8056 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8057
|
|
8058 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8059 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8060 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8061 #endif
|
|
8062 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8063 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8064 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
8065 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
8066 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
8067 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
8068 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
8069 #endif
|
|
8070 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
8071 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8072 }
|
|
8073
|
|
8074 static void
|
|
8075 ins_end(c)
|
|
8076 int c;
|
|
8077 {
|
|
8078 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8079
|
|
8080 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8081 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8082 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8083 #endif
|
|
8084 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8085 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8086 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
8087 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
8088 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
8089 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
8090
|
|
8091 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8092 }
|
|
8093
|
|
8094 static void
|
|
8095 ins_s_left()
|
|
8096 {
|
|
8097 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8098 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8099 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8100 #endif
|
|
8101 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8102 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
8103 {
|
|
8104 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8105 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
8106 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8107 }
|
|
8108 else
|
|
8109 vim_beep();
|
|
8110 }
|
|
8111
|
|
8112 static void
|
|
8113 ins_right()
|
|
8114 {
|
|
8115 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8116 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8117 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8118 #endif
|
|
8119 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8120 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
8121 )
|
|
8122 {
|
|
8123 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8124 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8125 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
8126 if (virtual_active())
|
|
8127 oneright();
|
|
8128 else
|
|
8129 #endif
|
|
8130 {
|
|
8131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
8132 if (has_mbyte)
|
474
|
8133 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
8134 else
|
|
8135 #endif
|
|
8136 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8137 }
|
|
8138
|
|
8139 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8140 revins_legal++;
|
|
8141 if (revins_chars)
|
|
8142 revins_chars--;
|
|
8143 #endif
|
|
8144 }
|
|
8145 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
8146 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
8147 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
8148 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
8149 {
|
|
8150 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8151 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8152 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
8153 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
8154 }
|
|
8155 else
|
|
8156 vim_beep();
|
|
8157 }
|
|
8158
|
|
8159 static void
|
|
8160 ins_s_right()
|
|
8161 {
|
|
8162 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
8163 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
8164 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
8165 #endif
|
|
8166 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8167 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
8168 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
8169 {
|
|
8170 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8171 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
8172 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
8173 }
|
|
8174 else
|
|
8175 vim_beep();
|
|
8176 }
|
|
8177
|
|
8178 static void
|
|
8179 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
8180 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
8181 {
|
|
8182 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8183 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
8184 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8185 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
8186 #endif
|
|
8187
|
|
8188 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8189 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8190 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
8191 {
|
|
8192 if (startcol)
|
|
8193 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
8194 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
8195 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8196 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
8197 #endif
|
|
8198 )
|
|
8199 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
8200 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8201 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8202 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8203 #endif
|
|
8204 }
|
|
8205 else
|
|
8206 vim_beep();
|
|
8207 }
|
|
8208
|
|
8209 static void
|
|
8210 ins_pageup()
|
|
8211 {
|
|
8212 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8213
|
|
8214 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8215 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8216 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
8217 {
|
|
8218 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8219 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8220 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8221 #endif
|
|
8222 }
|
|
8223 else
|
|
8224 vim_beep();
|
|
8225 }
|
|
8226
|
|
8227 static void
|
|
8228 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
8229 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
8230 {
|
|
8231 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8232 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
8233 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8234 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
8235 #endif
|
|
8236
|
|
8237 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8238 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8239 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
8240 {
|
|
8241 if (startcol)
|
|
8242 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
8243 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
8244 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
8245 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
8246 #endif
|
|
8247 )
|
|
8248 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
8249 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8250 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8251 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8252 #endif
|
|
8253 }
|
|
8254 else
|
|
8255 vim_beep();
|
|
8256 }
|
|
8257
|
|
8258 static void
|
|
8259 ins_pagedown()
|
|
8260 {
|
|
8261 pos_T tpos;
|
|
8262
|
|
8263 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8264 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8265 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
8266 {
|
|
8267 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
8268 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8269 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8270 #endif
|
|
8271 }
|
|
8272 else
|
|
8273 vim_beep();
|
|
8274 }
|
|
8275
|
|
8276 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
8277 static void
|
|
8278 ins_drop()
|
|
8279 {
|
|
8280 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
8281 }
|
|
8282 #endif
|
|
8283
|
|
8284 /*
|
|
8285 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
8286 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
8287 */
|
|
8288 static int
|
|
8289 ins_tab()
|
|
8290 {
|
|
8291 int ind;
|
|
8292 int i;
|
|
8293 int temp;
|
|
8294
|
|
8295 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
8296 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
8297 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
8298 return FALSE;
|
|
8299
|
|
8300 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
8301 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8302 if (ind)
|
|
8303 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
8304 #endif
|
|
8305
|
|
8306 /*
|
|
8307 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
8308 */
|
|
8309 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
8310 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
8311 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
8312 return TRUE;
|
|
8313
|
|
8314 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
8315 return TRUE;
|
|
8316
|
|
8317 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
8318 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
8319 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
8320 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
8321 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
8322 #endif
|
|
8323 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
8324
|
|
8325 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
8326 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
8327 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
8328 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
8329 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
8330 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
8331 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
8332
|
|
8333 /*
|
|
8334 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
8335 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
8336 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
8337 */
|
|
8338 ins_char(' ');
|
|
8339 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
8340 {
|
|
8341 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8342 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8343 ins_char(' ');
|
|
8344 else
|
|
8345 #endif
|
|
8346 {
|
|
8347 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
8348 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
8349 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
8350 }
|
|
8351 }
|
|
8352
|
|
8353 /*
|
|
8354 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
8355 */
|
|
8356 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
8357 {
|
|
8358 char_u *ptr;
|
|
8359 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8360 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
8361 pos_T pos;
|
|
8362 #endif
|
|
8363 pos_T fpos;
|
|
8364 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
8365 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
8366 int change_col = -1;
|
|
8367 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
8368
|
|
8369 /*
|
|
8370 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
8371 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
8372 */
|
|
8373 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8374 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8375 {
|
|
8376 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8377 cursor = &pos;
|
|
8378 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
8379 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
8380 return FALSE;
|
|
8381 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
8382 }
|
|
8383 else
|
|
8384 #endif
|
|
8385 {
|
|
8386 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
8387 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8388 }
|
|
8389
|
|
8390 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
8391 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
8392 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
8393
|
|
8394 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
8395 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8396 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
8397 {
|
|
8398 --fpos.col;
|
|
8399 --ptr;
|
|
8400 }
|
|
8401
|
|
8402 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
8403 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8404 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
8405 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
8406 {
|
|
8407 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
8408 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
8409 }
|
|
8410
|
|
8411 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
8412 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8413 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
8414
|
|
8415 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
8416 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
8417 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
8418 {
|
|
8419 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
8420 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
8421 break;
|
|
8422 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
8423 {
|
|
8424 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
8425 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
8426 {
|
|
8427 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
8428 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
8429 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
8430 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
8431 }
|
|
8432 }
|
|
8433 ++fpos.col;
|
|
8434 ++ptr;
|
|
8435 vcol += i;
|
|
8436 }
|
|
8437
|
|
8438 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
8439 {
|
|
8440 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
8441
|
|
8442 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
8443 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
8444 {
|
|
8445 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
8446 ++ptr;
|
|
8447 ++repl_off;
|
|
8448 }
|
|
8449 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
8450 {
|
|
8451 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
8452 --ptr;
|
|
8453 --repl_off;
|
|
8454 }
|
|
8455 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
8456
|
|
8457 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
8458 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
8459 if (i > 0)
|
|
8460 {
|
|
8461 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
8462 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
8463 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8464 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8465 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8466 #endif
|
|
8467 )
|
|
8468 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
8469 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
8470 }
|
33
|
8471 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
8472 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
8473 {
|
|
8474 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
8475 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
8476 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
8477 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
8478 }
|
|
8479 #endif
|
7
|
8480 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
8481
|
|
8482 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8483 /*
|
|
8484 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
8485 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
8486 * spacing.
|
|
8487 */
|
|
8488 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8489 {
|
|
8490 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
8491 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
8492
|
|
8493 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
8494 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
8495 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
8496 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
8497 }
|
|
8498 #endif
|
|
8499 }
|
|
8500
|
|
8501 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8502 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8503 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
8504 #endif
|
|
8505 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
8506 }
|
|
8507
|
|
8508 return FALSE;
|
|
8509 }
|
|
8510
|
|
8511 /*
|
|
8512 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
8513 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
8514 */
|
|
8515 static int
|
|
8516 ins_eol(c)
|
|
8517 int c;
|
|
8518 {
|
|
8519 int i;
|
|
8520
|
|
8521 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
8522 return FALSE;
|
|
8523 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
8524 return TRUE;
|
|
8525 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
8526
|
|
8527 /*
|
|
8528 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
8529 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
8530 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
8531 */
|
|
8532 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8533 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8534 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8535 #endif
|
|
8536 )
|
|
8537 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
8538
|
|
8539 /*
|
|
8540 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
8541 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
8542 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
8543 * in open_line().
|
|
8544 */
|
|
8545
|
|
8546 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8547 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
8548 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
8549 fkmap(NL);
|
|
8550 # endif
|
|
8551 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
8552 * current line. */
|
|
8553 if (revins_on)
|
|
8554 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
8555 #endif
|
|
8556
|
|
8557 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
8558 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
8559 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
8560 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
8561 #endif
|
|
8562 0, old_indent);
|
|
8563 old_indent = 0;
|
|
8564 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8565 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8566 #endif
|
|
8567
|
|
8568 return (!i);
|
|
8569 }
|
|
8570
|
|
8571 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
8572 /*
|
|
8573 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
8574 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
8575 * done.
|
|
8576 */
|
|
8577 static int
|
|
8578 ins_digraph()
|
|
8579 {
|
|
8580 int c;
|
|
8581 int cc;
|
|
8582
|
|
8583 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
8584 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
8585 {
|
|
8586 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
8587 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
8588
|
|
8589 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
8590 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8591 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
8592 #endif
|
|
8593 }
|
|
8594
|
|
8595 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
8596 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
8597 #endif
|
|
8598
|
|
8599 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
8600 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
8601 ++no_mapping;
|
|
8602 ++allow_keys;
|
|
8603 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
8604 --no_mapping;
|
|
8605 --allow_keys;
|
|
8606 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
8607 {
|
|
8608 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8609 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8610 #endif
|
|
8611 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
8612 return NUL;
|
|
8613 }
|
|
8614 if (c != ESC)
|
|
8615 {
|
|
8616 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
8617 {
|
|
8618 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
661
|
8619 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
8620
|
|
8621 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
8622 {
|
|
8623 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
8624 * an ESC next */
|
|
8625 edit_unputchar();
|
661
|
8626 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
7
|
8627 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
8628 }
|
|
8629 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8630 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
8631 #endif
|
|
8632 }
|
|
8633 ++no_mapping;
|
|
8634 ++allow_keys;
|
|
8635 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
8636 --no_mapping;
|
|
8637 --allow_keys;
|
|
8638 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
8639 {
|
|
8640 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
8641 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
8642 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8643 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8644 #endif
|
|
8645 return c;
|
|
8646 }
|
|
8647 }
|
|
8648 edit_unputchar();
|
|
8649 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8650 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8651 #endif
|
|
8652 return NUL;
|
|
8653 }
|
|
8654 #endif
|
|
8655
|
|
8656 /*
|
|
8657 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
8658 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
8659 */
|
|
8660 static int
|
|
8661 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
8662 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
8663 {
|
|
8664 int c;
|
|
8665 int temp;
|
|
8666 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
8667
|
|
8668 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
8669 {
|
|
8670 vim_beep();
|
|
8671 return NUL;
|
|
8672 }
|
|
8673
|
|
8674 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
8675 temp = 0;
|
|
8676 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
8677 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
8678 validate_virtcol();
|
|
8679 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
8680 {
|
|
8681 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
8682 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
8683 }
|
|
8684 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
8685 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
8686
|
|
8687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
8688 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
8689 #else
|
|
8690 c = *ptr;
|
|
8691 #endif
|
|
8692 if (c == NUL)
|
|
8693 vim_beep();
|
|
8694 return c;
|
|
8695 }
|
|
8696
|
449
|
8697 /*
|
|
8698 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
8699 */
|
|
8700 static int
|
|
8701 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
8702 int tc;
|
|
8703 {
|
|
8704 int c = tc;
|
|
8705
|
|
8706 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
8707 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
8708 {
|
|
8709 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
8710 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
8711 else
|
|
8712 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
8713 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
8714 }
|
|
8715 else
|
|
8716 #endif
|
|
8717 {
|
|
8718 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
8719 if (c != NUL)
|
|
8720 {
|
|
8721 long tw_save;
|
|
8722
|
|
8723 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
8724 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
8725 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
8726 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
8727 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
8728 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
8729 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
8730 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
8731 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
8732 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
8733 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8734 revins_chars++;
|
|
8735 revins_legal++;
|
|
8736 #endif
|
|
8737 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
8738 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
8739 }
|
|
8740 }
|
|
8741 return c;
|
|
8742 }
|
|
8743
|
7
|
8744 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
8745 /*
|
|
8746 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
8747 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
8748 */
|
|
8749 static void
|
|
8750 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
8751 int c;
|
|
8752 {
|
|
8753 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
8754 char_u *ptr;
|
|
8755 int i;
|
|
8756 int temp;
|
|
8757
|
|
8758 /*
|
|
8759 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
8760 */
|
|
8761 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
8762 {
|
|
8763 /*
|
|
8764 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
8765 */
|
|
8766 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
8767 {
|
|
8768 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8769 /*
|
|
8770 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
8771 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
8772 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
8773 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
8774 * lines -- webb
|
|
8775 */
|
|
8776 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
8777 i = pos->col;
|
|
8778 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
8779 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
8780 ;
|
|
8781 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
8782 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
8783 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
8784 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
8785 i = get_indent();
|
|
8786 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
8787 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8788 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8789 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
8790 else
|
|
8791 #endif
|
|
8792 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
8793 }
|
|
8794 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
8795 {
|
|
8796 /*
|
|
8797 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
8798 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
8799 */
|
|
8800 temp = TRUE;
|
|
8801 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8802 {
|
|
8803 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8804 i = get_indent();
|
|
8805 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8806 {
|
|
8807 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
8808
|
|
8809 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
8810 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
8811 break;
|
|
8812 }
|
|
8813 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
8814 temp = FALSE;
|
|
8815 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
8816 }
|
|
8817 if (temp)
|
|
8818 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
8819 }
|
|
8820 }
|
|
8821
|
|
8822 /*
|
|
8823 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
8824 */
|
|
8825 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
8826 {
|
|
8827 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
8828 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
8829 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
8830 }
|
|
8831
|
|
8832 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
8833 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
8834 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8835 }
|
|
8836 #endif
|
|
8837
|
|
8838 /*
|
|
8839 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
8840 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
8841 */
|
|
8842 static colnr_T
|
|
8843 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
8844 {
|
|
8845 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
8846 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8847 validate_virtcol();
|
|
8848 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
8849 }
|